Undergraduate prospectus 2018 by University of Exeter

UNIVERSITY OF EXETER

UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2018

// UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2018 E84 EXETR

UGP Cover 11mm spine 2018.indd 1

23/01/2017 13:11

STUDENT LIFE Why students put us first 2 Exeter – a modern city with a rich history 4 Cornwall – a county like no other 6 Streatham Campus aerial view 8 St Luke’s Campus aerial view 10 Penryn Campus aerial view 11 Studying at the University of Exeter 12 Planning your future 17 20 Life in Exeter Campuses in Exeter 21 Sport 27 Arts and culture 29 31 Wellbeing 33 Accommodation Learning and studying resources 35 36 Life in Cornwall Campuses in Cornwall 37 Sport 41 Arts and culture 43 Wellbeing 43 Accommodation 45 Learning and studying resources 47

Money matters Study Abroad International students INTO University of Exeter

48 51 53 56

PROGRAMMES Accounting and Finance Anthropology Arab and Islamic Studies Archaeology Art History and Visual Culture Biosciences Business and Management Classics and Ancient History Computer Science Drama Economics Engineering English Environmental Science Film Studies Flexible Combined Honours Geography Geology History Human Sciences

58 60 62 64 68 70 74 78 82 84 86 90 94 98 100 102 104 108 110 114

116 Law Liberal Arts 118 Mathematics 120 Medical Imaging 124 Medical Sciences 126 128 Medicine Mining Engineering 130 Modern Languages 132 Natural Sciences 136 138 Philosophy Physics and Astronomy 140 Politics and International Relations 144 Psychology 148 Renewable Energy Engineering 152 156 Sociology Sport and Health Sciences 160 Theology and Religion 164

HOW TO APPLY Application procedure Entry requirements Our offer Visit us Campus maps How to find us Key contacts Programme index Visiting the University

166 168 169 170 170 174 175 176 inside back cover

OPEN DAYS Visit us at our campuses in and Cornwall . Exeter See the inside back cover for full information. Find us on Facebook and Twitter: www.facebook.com/exeteruni www.twitter.com/uniofexeter

We offer undergraduate taught degrees at three campuses. These are located in Exeter, Devon and Penryn, Cornwall. The following symbols are used throughout this prospectus to indicate location: Exeter campuses Penryn Campus, Cornwall

THE FORUM, STREATHAM CAMPUS

WHY STUDENTS PUT US FIRST Education

Experience

As one of the top one per cent of universities in the world and a member of the Russell Group, the education we offer you is exceptional; rigorous, ambitious, collaborative, and inspired by the world-changing research of the academics who’ll be guiding your learning.

Our students rate us 1st in the Russell Group for student satisfaction, but that’s not all. Our students are amongst the most passionate, engaged, and committed in the country, achieving excellence academically, sportingly, culturally, and socially.

Opportunity

Location

Studying with us will help you build the future you want to see, by giving you both the skills to achieve the career of your dreams, and the attitude and belief to change the world.

We’re fortunate to be based in one of the most beautiful parts of the country, and our campuses are expansive, inspiring, and home to cutting-edge facilities. They are perfect places to live, study, and research.

94%

9th in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017

94% of graduates in employment or further study six months after graduation1

LOCATIONS

Four campus locations: Streatham and St Luke’s in Exeter, Penryn and Truro in Cornwall

1 2 3

ESA 2014/15 H Research Excellence Framework 2014 National Student Survey

5th in the 2016 British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) championship

98% of research rated as world leading or internationally recognised2

The Times and The Sunday Times Sports University of the Year 2016

No.1 in the Russell Group for student satisfaction3

Ranked Top 1% of universities worldwide by The Times Higher Education

Rated a top ten UK University in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide

EX CE

HAP

PEN

THE FORUM, STREATHAM CAMPUS

EXETER A MODERN CITY WITH A RICH HISTORY Set in the heart of the beautiful Devon countryside, Exeter is consistently recognised as one of the best places to live, work, and study in the UK. Boasting a high quality of life and low crime rate, a fifth of Exeter’s population study or work at the University, making the city a welcoming environment for students and academics alike. Exeter is the administrative and commercial centre of Devon, and the region’s exquisite coastline and impressive national parks are only a short drive, cycle, bus or train journey away.

Exeter celebrates history and embraces today... its thriving nightlife, lively cultural scene and rich history make it well worth a visit. This old city is young at heart thanks to a large student crowd and plenty of bars, clubs and cafés, especially around the revitalised quay area. Lonely Planet Guide to Great Britain

PRINCESSHAY, EXETER CITY CENTRE

The location of the Penryn Campus was a big factor in my decision to study here. I was a keen windsurfer before I started studying here and the location of the campus has allowed me to continue sailing in the evenings and weekends. It’s also a very relaxed way of life, with plenty to do. Mark Whitfield, BEng Mining and Minerals

CORNWALL

A COUNTY LIKE NO OTHER Cornwall has a rich history of artistic and scientific innovation, making it a fascinating and stimulating place to attend university. Thanks to its scenic landscape and dramatic coastline, it’s also one of Europe’s favourite holiday destinations. Modern Penryn is home to a growing community of artists, young professionals and university students. The nearby town of Falmouth offers an array of independent shops, eateries, and social venues, and hosts a number of annual events such as the Oyster Festival and Sea Shanty Festival.

GYLLYNGVASE BEACH, FALMOUTH, CORNWALL

STREATHAM CAMPUS SPORTS PARK

PHYSICS

HOLLAND HALL

REED HALL BIRKS GRANGE

WASHINGTON SINGER REDCOT

KNIGHTLEY

Our Streatham Campus is where most of our students are based, and covers hundreds of acres of parkland on the northern edge of the city. The campus was gifted to the University in 1922, and comprises the grounds of Reed Hall and Streatham Farm. The rolling hills, scenic views, and lush gardens make it a perfect environment to live and study in.

THE LIVING SYSTEMS INSTITUTE

INNOVATION CENTRE HARRISON

GEOFFREY POPE

AMORY

THE BUSINESS SCHOOL

GREAT HALL NORTHCOTE HOUSE

DEVONSHIRE HOUSE

CORNWALL HOUSE

THE FORUM

HATHERLEY

QUEEN’S CHAPEL

OLD LIBRARY ROBOROUGH

Exeter is very easy to fall in love with. It has one of the most beautiful campuses in the country, in one of the most beautiful counties in Britain. Virgin Guide to British Universities

LAFROWDA

ST LUKE’S CAMPUS

STREATHAM CAMPUS

CITY CENTRE

PRINTWORKS ACCOMMODATION

NORTH CLOISTERS

SOUTH CLOISTERS

CHAPEL GIRAFFE HOUSE HOLNICOTE

HAIGHTON LIBRARY SMEALL

MEDICAL SCHOOL

SPORTS CENTRE AND SWIMMING POOL

RICHARDS

Students have studied at St Luke’s for more than 160 years and although much has changed the campus retains a vibrant, collegiate atmosphere where everyone soon gets to know each other. St Luke’s is on the eastern edge of the city centre and is home to the Medical School, Sports and Health Sciences, and Education.

THE ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY INSTITUTE

SPORTS CENTRE

INNOVATION CENTRE SERSF DAPHNE DU MAURIER

TREMOUGH HOUSE THE STANNARY

AMATA

THE EXCHANGE

CHAPEL LECTURE THEATRE

HEART REPROGRAPHICS

PETER LANYON

PENRYN CAMPUS Our Penryn Campus is located just outside Falmouth, at the site of Glasney College, an influential 13th century institution. Students here enjoy a unique atmosphere; we share Penryn Campus with Falmouth University, leading to a creative mix of science, humanities, social science and creative arts students.

GLASNEY STUDENT VILLAGE

STUDYING AT THE UNIVERSITY OF EXETER Academic excellence The education you will experience at the University of Exeter will open up a host of opportunities, stretching, exciting and inspiring you along the way. Our students demand a lot of us and we of them. You would expect nothing less of a Russell Group university ranked amongst the best in the UK and the world. By coming here to study you will work together in a vibrant community of staff and masters, undergraduate and research students. At the heart of our approach is a strong partnership between staff and students. Exeter students make a difference because they engage and are highly participative: features of the Exeter experience central to our success.

Our values underpin the experiences of all our students and shape the difference they make in the world. We provide education of the highest quality, inspired by world-leading research, on our campuses in the South West of England and with partners across the world. Wherever you’re from, at Exeter you will have the opportunity to be exceptional.

STREATHAM CAMPUS

STUDYING AT THE UNIVERSITY OF EXETER Learning with the very best Our academic staff don’t just teach; they also carry out world-leading research in your subject area*. This means that you will be taught by experts who are passionate about what they do and at the forefront of their fields. Their innovative research contributes directly to the modules that make up our degree programmes. You will explore the very latest ideas in seminars and tutorials and may become an active member of a research team as you move through the University, opening the door to further study opportunities such as a Masters or a PhD. Our innovative approach to education is typified by the Strategy and Security Institute (SSI); it’s an interdisciplinary research and teaching centre which brings academics together with partners from other organisations – including the military, intelligence agencies, NGOs, media and the private sector – to carry out research and consultancy in issues relating to global security. As well as a Masters in Applied Security Strategy, the Institute teaches undergraduate modules based on its research expertise. The Institute includes practitioners in all its modules, and also a large scale crisis simulation, where students experience strategy in action. Research staff also inspire and support students in the choice and completion of their dissertations.

Active learning and innovative teaching ‘Supportive’, ‘passionate’ and ‘inspiring’ are three of the words most commonly used by our students to describe their lecturers, and we see students as our partners in the learning process: our

learning, teaching and ethos encourage participation and active reflection. You will be an active contributor in seminars, tutorials and online learning environments, and in return we will guide and support you to become increasingly independent in your learning, constantly pursuing new lines of enquiry.

Ways of learning The way you learn at university is different to what you will have experienced before. Depending on your course, you may be involved in some or all of these types of teaching.

Lecture

We offer a variety of skills programmes, workshops, and online and paper resources covering topics such as:

A presentation or talk on a particular topic, delivered by one or more members of staff. Lectures can be interactive, and you should expect them to form a basis for further reading, questioning and thought.

¨ essay writing;

Seminar

Supporting your learning

¨ managing dissertations; ¨ presentation skills; ¨ time management and prioritising; ¨ critical reading and writing; revision strategies and exam ¨ techniques; ¨ note-taking. Most students will also have the opportunity to engage in a variety of peer-led activities to support their learning.

Working together Through initiatives such as ‘Students as Change Agents’, we work in partnership with our students to continuously improve the learning and teaching experience. Students volunteer to run change projects and receive training from University staff to help them succeed. Additionally, all degree programmes have student representation through a Staff-Student Liaison Committee (SSLC), where students’ recommendations for change are embedded into plans to inform future teaching.

* 98 per cent of our research is rated as world-leading or internationally excellent, and we produce world-leading research in every area we teach, according to the Research Excellence Framework 2014

A classroom session focused on a particular topic or project. A typical seminar involves guided, tutor-led discussion in a smaller group than a lecture. Seminars can also be student-led.

Tutorial

A one-to-one or small group meeting that involves supervision, feedback or detailed discussion on a topic, project or piece of assessed work. Tutorials place stronger emphasis than seminars on the role of the tutor in giving direction or feedback.

Webinar

A virtual lecture or online seminar.

Supervision

A meeting with a supervisor to plan, discuss and monitor progress on a piece of work such as a dissertation or extended project.

Demonstration

A session in which a practical technique or skill is demonstrated. Examples include laboratory skills, clinical skills, performance art or fieldwork techniques.

exhibition relevant to the course of study.

Practical class or workshop

A session involving the acquisition, through practical application, of a particular skill or technique. Examples include a laboratory class, artefact handling, language conversation or sports match.

Supervised time in studio or workshop

Time in which students work independently but under supervision, in a specialist facility such as a studio, rehearsal space or workshop. It could be timetabled or take place on an ad hoc basis.

Fieldwork

Practical work conducted at an external site. Examples include survey work, data collection, excavations and explorations.

External visit

A visit to a location away from the usual learning spaces, to experience a particular environment, event, or

Work-based and placement learning

Learning that takes place in the workplace, such as a managed placement in an organisation or business.

Programmes, modules and credits

Your ‘programme of study’ makes up your degree; sometimes it is referred to as a course. Each programme consists of ‘modules’, and each module is worth a number of ‘credits’. You will study modules worth 120 credits each year. Depending on your programme you can take up to 30 credits each year in another subject, for instance a language or business module, to develop career-related skills or just widen your intellectual horizons.

Assessment

We assess your work and progress in a number of ways. These will vary depending on your choice of modules,

but are likely to include examinations and coursework-based assessment. You must pass your first year assessment in order to progress to the second year, but only assessments in the second and subsequent years contribute to your final degree classification.

Teaching Excellence Framework The Teaching Excellence Framework (TEF) is the Government’s new assessment system to recognise and reward excellent learning and teaching. In the first year of the TEF, the University of Exeter met all of the requirements. We are currently in the second year of assessment, which involves a more detailed assessment. Results are due in summer 2017, and with our excellent record for student satisfaction we are hoping to do very well.

SPORTS SCIENCE LABORATORIES, ST LUKE’S CAMPUS

I made up my mind early what I wanted to do. I did work experience with Bath Rugby when I finished school and fell in love with the high performance environment. I stayed on at Exeter to do a Masters, as the way elite sport is moving it’s a real plus to have one. I worked with Hockey Wales and as I handed in my dissertation started working with GB rowing which I continued up until the Rio Olympics. My long term aspiration is to lead the strength and conditioning programme for a particular sport. Mitch Smith, Strength and Conditioning Coach for English Institute of Sport

PLANNING YOUR FUTURE Six months after graduation, 94 per cent of our first degree graduates were in employment or further study.* At the University of Exeter, we support you to become a globally-focused graduate, ready to secure employment or undertake further study immediately after graduation. We are the university of choice for many career-minded students and employers from all sectors; locally, nationally and internationally. We will help you to get an excellent degree and are committed to offering an exceptionally wide range of opportunities to gain the graduate-level skills, experience and expertise which employers are seeking. Not only will you have access to a range of Universitywide employability initiatives but planning your future career and skills development is also embedded within our degree programmes. Employers recruit graduates who can show evidence of team working, leadership or who have spent time travelling and experiencing new situations and cultures. Everything you do socially, academically and in the workplace can make you more employable. We will help you to identify and articulate these skills to any prospective employer. Our careers consultants and information teams, based in the Career Zones, and at Information desks on the Streatham, St Luke’s and Penryn campuses, can help guide you through a wealth of information and provide advice and guidance to help match your skills and interests to a career that will suit you. We are proud of our track record of producing graduates who go on to rewarding and interesting careers. www.exeter.ac.uk/careers

Award-winning employability programmes Our employability programmes won the AGR Blue Ribbon Award presented by the top graduate recruiting companies in Europe and beyond – the first time this award has ever gone to a university. We have also received several other national awards for delivering outstanding services including work placements, social enterprise support, commitment to the employability agenda and support for student entrepreneurship.

 a variety of webinars and online content for you to login and access.

Services for students

Services offered by our dedicated team on the Penryn Campus are based at the heart of the campus in The Exchange Building. Penryn and Truro students are also welcome to access all services delivered in Exeter.

The Career Zones at our Streatham and Penryn campuses offer help at all stages of your career planning and job hunting. Our professional careers staff will guide you towards making an informed choice of career or postgraduate study and have a wealth of expertise, opportunities and useful resources that you can take advantage of during your time here. The Exeter Award and the Exeter Leaders Award are two examples of how we support you to stand out from the crowd and clearly articulate your experiences while at University. The awards recognise extracurricular achievements and also help develop the skills and attributes that graduate employers look for. Students at all of our campuses can enrol on the Exeter Award; more information can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/exeteraward

Services in Exeter We run a comprehensive programme of events in Exeter to help prepare you to compete in the jobs market. These include:  individual guidance interviews;  psychometric testing;  employer presentations;  guidance on preparing your CV and making applications;  mock interviews, often with employers;

* HESA 2014/15

 skills sessions to help you develop the skills employers seek;

You can also attend careers fairs covering specialist areas such as law, the voluntary and not-for-profit sectors and selfemployment and are attended by around 200 companies. In addition, the Global Student Showcase gives you access to a wider range of global graduate opportunities online.

Services in Cornwall

Careers services in Cornwall include: ¨ confidential careers interviews and an extensive careers library;  employer presentations;  career and personal development workshops;  careers events and fairs, including mini careers fairs attracting national, regional and local companies, and free transport to the larger fairs held at the Streatham Campus;  a variety of webinars and online content for you to login and access. All students can access online services, wherever they are located, through the employability website at www.exeter.ac.uk/careers

Contact with employers The University enjoys superb links with hundreds of international, national and regional employers, with many of them specifically targeting and offering vacancies to University of Exeter graduates. We are in the top 20 of Higher Education Institutions that were targeted by the largest number of top employers in 2015/16 (High Fliers Research).

PLANNING YOUR FUTURE Learn or improve your foreign language skills Employers are increasingly looking for graduates who have additional language skills. Whatever your degree, you can benefit from learning or improving your competence in a foreign language. The Foreign Language Centre (FLC), based on our Streatham and Penryn campuses, offers a wide range of language courses including daytime undergraduate modules as part of your degree and certified evening language courses (on Streatham Campus). You can choose to learn a completely new language or improve one you have studied previously. All of our undergraduate modules are assessed and count towards your degree. Where your degree allows, you can choose to study 60 credits in one language and have this language added to your degree title eg, ‘with proficiency in Spanish’ which will be an extra employability asset. You can also take our modules to help you prepare for study in a foreign country; for example, as part of a ‘with European Studies’ degree or for an Erasmus exchange. If you have a track record of relevant prior language learning, we offer fasttrack modules which enable you to progress to a higher level at a faster pace. We also teach some languages for specific purposes such as ‘for business’ to offer you the chance to develop language competence in a business context. Modules are available at a range of levels from beginners to advanced in: British Sign Language // French* // German // Italian // Japanese // Mandarin Chinese // Spanish* * available in Penryn

The FLC is also an accredited centre for French DELF/DALF and Spanish DELE international examinations which anyone can sit for a set fee in the third term. www.exeter.ac.uk/flc

Support after graduation Despite the recent economic climate, we have seen an increase in the rate of employment or higher level further study of our graduates year-on-year since 2007. Your association with the University does not end on Graduation Day. We continue to support you and offer opportunities for further careers advice for three years after graduation, wherever you are in the world. We are in touch with more than 115,000 alumni in over 180 countries. As a graduate you become a part of this community, with extensive networking opportunities and access to a range of exclusive benefits, including online journals. We run a broad programme of professional and social events for our alumni in the UK and globally. Many alumni have very successful careers and are keen to support today’s students and recent graduates through our well supported alumni volunteering programme. These alumni give many hours of their time to provide career talks, individual mentoring, informal careers advice by email, and practice job interviews, as well as provide a network of Exeter contacts around the world. www.exeter.ac.uk/alumnisupporters

I’ve been working with University of Exeter students for several years now and find them extremely bright, efficiently organised, keen and eminently well prepared for the jobs market. In terms of career opportunities, Exeter provides a steady stream of graduates for the BBC and other media organisations, and rightly so. The University offers everything a student could need to start building up necessary experience: the student media scene is excellent, with a vibrant newspaper, website and radio and TV stations. Simon Hall, BBC News Correspondent

This past summer I worked on behalf of the RNLI, spending my days standing on the beaches gaining support for the charity. It was one of the best summers I’ve had, therefore I am extremely grateful to the Career Zone, as it was due to them I managed to get the job. They invited the RNLI down to their career events and fairs in which I was able to chat to their recruitment team. It’s events like these which have really helped me in finding work and placements. Hannah Johnson, BSc Geography, Penryn Campus

CAREER ZONE, PENRYN CAMPUS

LIFE IN EXETER This is an exciting time to be a student at the University of Exeter. We have invested almost half a billion pounds over the last five years, developing world-class facilities for our students. We have around 22,000 students, of whom 17,850 are undergraduates. This means we are large enough to offer the academic excellence and facilities you’d expect to find in a major university, but also offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere.

Streatham Campus The majority of students are based at the Streatham Campus, which is our largest site in Exeter. The campus is one of the most beautiful in the country and offers a unique environment in which to study, with lakes, parkland, woodland and gardens as well as modern and historical buildings. We have invested heavily in the campus over recent years, redeveloping student residences, the Business School, and Biosciences, amongst other projects. The Living Systems Institute (LSI) is a brand new, state-of-the-art building which opened in autumn 2016 and houses an interdisciplinary research institute. Dedicated to developing new strategies for diagnosing and treating diseases, the LSI will also facilitate research-led teaching. The centrepiece of Streatham Campus is the stunning Forum, which provides the Student Services Centre,

a modern 24/7 library, technology-rich learning spaces, a 400-seat lecture theatre, the University’s reception, and retail and catering outlets. The city centre is only a 15-minute walk away so you can enjoy the advantages of a campus-based university without missing out on life in the city. The catered halls of residence and most of our purpose-built, self-catered flats are either on campus or nearby in the city centre, so you’ll have easy access to everything you’ll need.

HOLLAND HALL, STREATHAM CAMPUS

THE QUAD, ST LUKE’S CAMPUS

St Luke’s Campus St Luke’s is home to Sport and Health Sciences, the University of Exeter Medical School, and PGCE students. Students have studied at St Luke’s for more than 160 years and, although much has changed over the years, the campus has retained a vibrant, collegiate atmosphere in which everyone soon gets to know each other. As you walk through the arches of the traditional North Cloisters you will see the lawns of the quadrangle surrounded by modern teaching buildings. Academic facilities include a library, IT facilities and support, and modern seminar rooms and lecture theatres. Sports facilities include an indoor heated swimming pool,

sports hall and an air-conditioned health and fitness studio. A £10.5 million upgrade to the South Cloisters was completed in 2015 which has provided additional, cutting-edge teaching and research space along with new dedicated space for the teaching of Medical Imaging. The Students’ Guild organises many events and activities on campus, but students at St Luke’s also take full advantage of all the academic, social and sporting facilities at the Streatham Campus, which is about a 25-minute walk or a short bus ride away. The buses run very frequently between the campuses.

CAMPUSES IN EXETER Life on campus Students’ Guild The Students’ Guild is the students’ union for Exeter-based students. The Guild is recognised as one of the UK’s leading students’ unions and is central to student life. Every student is automatically a member of the Students’ Guild – an awardwinning, member-led organisation which exists to represent all our students. All students have a say in the running of the Guild and it often sets national records for turnout in students’ union elections. Through the representation, opportunities and services that the Guild provides, we will help to ensure you have the best possible university experience at Exeter. Services include:

quiz nights, ‘Rameoke’ and Ram Jam live music, while the Great Hall has seen acts such as Tinchy Stryder, Muse, Professor Green and the Kaiser Chiefs.  Societies and student groups: There are more than 220 Guild-affiliated societies covering a wide range of interests. Learn a new skill, develop an existing hobby or even start your own society. Meet students who share your interests for activities, trips and ‘socials’. Our student groups include our award-winning student media: Xpression FM, Exeposé, Exeposé Online and XTV, which have provided the springboard for the successful media careers of many Exeter alumni. www.exeterguild.com/societies

 Representation: The Students’ Guild supports a network of elected student representatives who champion students and drive change. Reps are elected to represent specific groups, advocate particular issues or to sit on Guild Council. Any student can stand to be elected as a rep and ensure that the student voice is heard at every level and on every issue.

 Advice Unit: The Students’ Guild Advice Unit offers a range of support whether you need someone to listen or are looking for support. Friendly, trained advisors can be contacted in person, by phone or by email to discuss any problems you might be experiencing in your university or personal life. The team can provide confidential support or signpost you to expert advice if needed.

 Entertainment: The Lemon Grove is the Streatham Campus’ nightclub, hosting regular club nights and live gigs. Every Saturday approximately 1,200 students descend for Exeter’s biggest student night: ‘Saturday Lemmy’. The Ram Bar hosts regular

 Volunteering: Raise and Give is our student fundraising group. In 2014/15 it raised more than £150,000 through the hard work of more than 1,000 students who volunteered their valuable time to raise money for local, national

and international charities. Exeter Student Volunteers run a number of weekly projects and one-off events, involving students in activities such as running kids’ camps, enjoying tea and cake with local elderly residents, redecorating community facilities and even cleaning up the beach; all are great ways to enhance employability. For more information please visit www.exeterguild.com

Freshers’ Week in Exeter Freshers’ Week is your opportunity to find your feet before term begins. It is a great introduction to life at the University of Exeter. We’ll make sure that you get to know your way around, make friends and ease yourself into the academic side of life by meeting your tutors and fellow students. During Freshers’ Week you’ll find out about the Students’ Guild, Student Support Services, IT and library facilities, and the Sports Park. All the entertainment events are optional – you can join in as many or as few of these as you like. The sports teams run taster sessions and trials, and all the societies will compete for your attention at the Activities Fair. Although attendance at Freshers’ Week is optional, most students say ‘don’t miss it.’ It’s your chance to thoroughly enjoy yourself and settle into your new home before term begins. www.exeter.ac.uk/newstudents

CAMPUSES IN EXETER Your sabbatical officers The Students’ Guild is led by four elected Sabbatical Officers – or ‘Sabbs’ – who represent the needs and views of the student body within the Guild, to the University and on the national stage. The sabbatical officers are accountable to the students they represent and can be contacted at any time to discuss ideas, questions or concerns. President – Toby Gladwin The President chairs the Students’ Guild Board of Trustees and sits on a number of senior University committees, ensuring that students’ needs are represented at the highest level. During their time in office, the President works to ensure that students at the University of Exeter receive the best possible experience. “My name is Toby Gladwin and I am your Students’ Guild President for 2016/17. The University of Exeter is a wonderful place to study and live. Your Students’ Guild is here to support you, and to help you make the most of all the fantastic opportunities we can offer.

Pictured from left to right: Tristan Gatward, Toby Gladwin, Harry Reeve, Alec James, Josh Callander.

As a 2016 graduate, I can speak from the heart about the incredible experiences on offer from the Students’ Guild and encourage you to make the most of your automatic Guild membership to try new activities and experiences, join societies, volunteer, fundraise, lead change, dance the night away and so much more.” Vice-President Education – Harry Reeve “I represent students in all matters relating to their studies and educational experience. I ensure that students’ views about teaching, feedback, library facilities and much more are represented to the University. I oversee the Students’ Guild’s team of more than 400 academic representatives to ensure that change happens where and when it needs to.” Vice-President Welfare and Diversity – Alec James “I am responsible for ensuring that every student has the support they need throughout their time at University. I represent students on issues including accommodation, health, mental wellbeing and personal safety and I work to ensure that our campuses

are inclusive and welcoming for every student.” Vice-President Activities – Tristan Gatward “I am responsible for overseeing the Students’ Guild’s volunteering, fundraising and society activities. I support as many students as possible to get involved with societies, volunteering opportunities and fundraising activities and to become active members of the student – and wider – community. It’s important to me that Exeter students graduate with more than a degree.” Athletic Union President – Josh Callander “I was elected as the 2016/2017 Athletic Union President, and work closely with the Athletic Union Exec Committee and the Athletic Union Council, as well as the Student's Guild, to represent the student body on all sporting matters. An avid sportsman and sports fan, I graduated with a degree in Middle East Studies and love watching our University sports teams on a Wednesday afternoon.”

I struggled with confidence because of bullying. I changed schools for sixth form and things really improved. My teachers believed in me and said I should go to university. In my first year at Exeter I signed up to societies, applied for internships and worked parttime as I needed the money. My approach was to try everything and work out what I liked. upReach works with students from less privileged backgrounds and partners them with firms they’ll be suited to. They matched me to McKinsey and a mentor from a similar background. As a business analyst I could be working in any industry on any project; you rotate so you can find out where your interests are. The most important thing for me at McKinsey is the people – it doesn’t feel like work when people love their jobs and are great at them. My advice is say yes and put your hand up. If you’re given an opportunity take it. If you have a question ask it. Sophie Barlow, Business Analyst, McKinsey (BSc Business Economics with Industrial Experience 2016)

DEVONSHIRE HOUSE, STREATHAM CAMPUS

SPORTS PARK, STREATHAM CAMPUS

SPORT The University of Exeter was the The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2016 Sports University of the Year and we pride ourselves on delivering excellence in sport at all levels of participation. Whatever your ambitions you’ll have every chance to take part in sport using our superb facilities, which are amongst the best in the UK. We finished 5th overall in the British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) rankings for 2015/16, winning the national championships in Men’s Rugby Union and Women’s Indoor Cricket. We believe that sport and wellness should be embedded into student life and as such we offer a fantastic range of opportunities. Students can choose from 50 sports clubs all offering high performance support and the opportunity to participate. Our intramural sport programme is only for Exeter students and last year nearly 4,000 students took part in 8,682 intramural fixtures across nine sports. The student Experience Programme and the Healthy Halls initiative offers students the chance to get involved in activities throughout Exeter and the local environment with many discounted and free activities. For students who wish to boost their CVs we also organise many coach education courses throughout the year.

Facilities We have invested more than £20 million in recent years to ensure excellence in sport for all users. The Sports Park on the Streatham Campus boasts superb facilities including the innovative, interactive and immersive 200 station Russell Seal Fitness Centre, international standard water-based hockey pitch, sand-based astro, 3G rubber-crumb, Exeter Tennis Centre, Devon Cricket Centre, short course golf practice area, squash courts, sports hall, outdoor 25m pool, fitness studios, an athlete development centre and a video analysis suite. St Luke’s Sports Centre is home to our indoor pool, sports halls and gym. We also have two large grass sports grounds and a boat house off campus. A virtual tour of the facilities can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/sport/ facilities/virtualtour

Health and fitness Our £8.6 million Russell Seal Fitness Centre houses a fantastic range of equipment to meet the training needs of all students including a dedicated free weights room, Synrgy 360 station and interactive cardiovascular kit. The centre is also home to a range of fitness classes and support services. The classes include Body Training Systems classes, Zumba, Indoor Cycling, Yoga, Pilates, Circuits and much more.

High Performance Programme This programme offers assistance to top level student athletes in a wide range of sports. We also manage nine Focus Sports which receive the very best coaching, sports science services, physiotherapy, athlete lifestyle support, and strength and conditioning training. They are: Cricket, Golf, Hockey, Lacrosse, Netball, Rowing, Rugby Union, Sailing and Tennis. We are the top ranked University for Men’s Rugby, Men’s Hockey and Women’s Tennis.

Sports scholarships Our Sports Scholarship Scheme is arguably one of the best in the UK. It provides a comprehensive package of support and financial benefits of up to £6,500 to help meet the needs of individual athletes. Please see www.exeter.ac.uk/sport/studentsport/ performancesport/scholarships

Sports clubs in Exeter American Football // Archery // Athletics // Badminton // Men’s Basketball // Women’s Basketball // Boxing // Canoeing // Caving // Cheerleading and Gymnastics // Clay Shooting // Climbing // Men’s Cricket // Women’s Cricket // Cycling // Fencing // Men’s Football // Women’s Football // Golf // Men’s Hockey // Women’s Hockey // Jiu Jitsu // Karate (Shotokan) // Korfball // Lacrosse // Netball // Polo // Riding // Rifle // Rowing // Rugby League // Men’s Rugby Union // Women’s Rugby Union // Sailing // Snooker and Pool // Snowsports // Squash // Sub Aqua // Surf // Swimming // Table Tennis // Taekwondo // Tennis // Touch Rugby // Trampolining // Triathlon // Ultimate Frisbee // Volleyball // Waterpolo // Windriders

RUSSELL SEAL FITNESS CENTRE, STREATHAM CAMPUS

ARTS AND CULTURE Music, theatre and art are an important part of life at the University of Exeter, and there are plenty of opportunities to see plays, films, exhibitions, musicals and concerts – from pop to classical, in addition to the range of related student societies. www.exeterguild.com/societies The University’s range of artistic and cultural assets include:  Exeter Northcott Theatre;  The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum;

 Kay House Duryard: the University’s modern music facility offers students rehearsal and performance spaces, as well as a sound studio and opportunities for amplified practice.

 Sculpture Trail;

www.artsandcultureexeter.co.uk

 Visual Arts collection with work by Bridget Riley, Patrick Heron, Terry Frost, Kurt Jackson, Neil Canning and Alan Cotton;

Theatre

 The Great Hall: the University’s premier venue for music with concerts in recent years by The Bournemouth Symphony Orchestra, Bombay Bicycle Club, Slaves, and The Specials;

The Streatham Campus is home to the Exeter Northcott Theatre, the city’s professional theatre. The theatre hosts touring companies and amateur productions including ones from the University’s Footlights, Exeter Theatre Company and the Gilbert and Sullivan Society. www.exeternorthcott.co.uk

Music The University has a very lively music scene and hosts many gigs and classical concerts. An introduction to all the student music at Exeter is provided in Music Week, an optional residential week run by the Guild before Freshers’ Week in September. There’s no better example of the vibrant campus music scene than Semi-Toned, the all-male student choir who are at the forefront of a cappella in the UK, having won the BBC2 competition The Choir: Gareth’s Best in Britain in December 2016. There are many opportunities to take part in music or continue musical tuition: our Music Learning Programme gives musical enthusiasts the opportunity to continue taking individual lessons in return for actively contributing to student music at Exeter. www.exeterguild.org/extunes/services

SEMI-TONED

Exeter Nightline is a confidential listening and information service run by students for students at the University of Exeter. The service is available from 8pm until 8am during every night of term. Exeter Nightline is here to listen to anything you’d like to talk about, from troubles with your studies or personal life, to just needing someone to speak to, to feel safe whilst walking home late at night.

REED MEWS WELLBEING CENTRE, STREATHAM CAMPUS

WELLBEING Moving away from home, making new friends and adapting to life at university can be exciting, but it can also be challenging. We recognise that it’s much more difficult to learn and enjoy student life when personal difficulties or emotional worries arise. Our wellbeing services provide a range of support should you need it.

How we can help Your personal tutor: primarily to offer academic guidance relating to your programme of study, but also to offer general advice and support and signpost to specialist services if necessary. On-campus surgery: whilst you are a student you will need to register with a general practitioner (GP). There is a Student Health Centre on the Streatham Campus and the St Luke’s Campus is served by the Heavitree Health Practice. Wellbeing Centre: located at Reed Mews and Hailey Wing in Reed Hall, Streatham Campus, the centre offers a range of psychological therapies, workshops, self-help services, support for students with mental health issues, and advice on a range of wellbeing concerns. www.exeter.ac.uk/wellbeing Disability support: our AccessAbility Service ensures that students with disabilities are able to participate fully in University life. We encourage

you to declare your disability on your application form so that we can help prepare for your arrival and plan your support. We can provide advice on funding sources and support, and offer diagnostic assessments where there may be indications of a specific learning difficulty such as dyslexia or dyspraxia. www.exeter.ac.uk/accessability

Our Chaplains provide pastoral care and confidential support as well as explanation of, and instruction in, a range of faiths. For Christians, there are chapels on both Exeter campuses. Islamic students have their own Prayer Rooms on the Streatham Campus with separate facilities for both men and women. www.exeter.ac.uk/chaplaincy

Students’ Guild Advice Unit: offers independent, confidential and impartial advice and help in response to questions or problems you might have relating to money, housing and academic matters.

Your home from home: our Community Liaison Officer and student community wardens offer a range of activities, advice and support with a focus on getting students living happily in, and being active members of, their community. www.exeter.ac.uk/students/services

Childcare: our purpose-built Family Centre on the Streatham Campus provides nursery places for children from six weeks to school age. The centre received an excellent report following its Ofsted inspection. Places are often over-subscribed so you should apply for a nursery place as soon as possible. Religious provision: the University’s Multi-faith Chaplaincy is available to all, irrespective of faith or background.

Settling in: our Residence Life Team offers peer support, out-of-hours assistance, signposting and social activities to residents of University accommodation, helping students as they make the transition to independent life. www.exeter.ac.uk/residencelifeteam

BIRKS GRANGE HALLS, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Any questions? Exeter Accommodation Office Phone: 0300 555 0444 (UK callers) +44 (0)1392 724724 (EU/International callers) Email: sid@exeter.ac.uk www.exeter.ac.uk/accommodation

ACCOMMODATION Starting at university is an exciting time and we realise how important it is to find the right place to live. Being in university residences enables you to make friends straight away. You will meet a diverse range of people from different backgrounds and cultures, studying a variety of degrees.

Your accommodation guarantee With more than 5,500 places across the city, we are able to offer accommodation to most of our new undergraduate students. We guarantee accommodation to:  new students entering the first year of an undergraduate programme who have firmly accepted the offer of a place at the University of Exeter;*  Study Abroad and Erasmus students studying at Exeter for the full academic year.

Conveniently located All our accommodation is:  either on campus or a maximum 30-minute walk away;  close to the city centre. A bus service runs regularly between the campuses and the city centre, train and coach stations.

Options to suit all tastes and budgets

Catered or self-catered? If you’re no budding chef, you might prefer catered halls. These have the advantage of significantly reducing your need to budget for food and offer well-balanced meals including vegetarian options. Self-catered accommodation is normally arranged in cluster flats or town houses, from three to 12 people, with wellequipped kitchens, dining areas and sometimes a communal lounge. Self-catered flats can offer single sex accommodation and rooms for students with disabilities, as well as rooms in designated quiet areas.

All-inclusive prices – no hidden extras

Private accommodation The city and surrounding area has a good stock of private accommodation with various contract lengths and rent levels to suit different budgets. Both campuses are close to the city centre so you’re never too far away. For further information visit www.exeter.ac.uk/accommodation/ privatehousing/studenthousing

Applying for accommodation If you have Exeter as your firm choice, you will be able to apply for accommodation online from the middle of April 2018, by which time 2018 rent information will be available on our website.

Deadline

Prices include utilities, contents insurance and WiFi broadband connection. You will also benefit from welfare support, repair service and 24/7 security.

The deadline to apply for accommodation is 31 July 2018.*

Typical costs 2016 prices Type of room

Length of let

Typical cost

Types of room available

Catered – single

32 weeks

£5,287 to £7,415

 s tandard room with washbasin;

Catered – shared

32 weeks

£4,911

 e n-suite room with private shower, washbasin and toilet;

Self-catered – single

40/42 weeks

£4,201 to £6,240

 s tudio with en-suite bathroom and a kitchen area.

Rents include all utility bills and contents insurance and meals in catered halls. Rents are reviewed annually and details for October 2018 will be available on our website in March 2018.

* please see our website for full details and confirmation of the guarantee deadline

PHYSICS BUILDING, STREATHAM CAMPUS

LEARNING AND STUDYING RESOURCES IT services  iExeter mobile app and student portal: iExeter is home to all the vital IT services that you’ll need throughout your time with us. It is available on your mobile and from any web-enabled computer, giving access to your email, calendar, documents, library account, student record, teaching timetables and learning materials for your modules. It also features a PC and study space finder, and maps to help you find your way around. You can use iExeter to ask non-academic support questions at any time via the Student Information Desk.  High-speed wired and wireless network: we have recently invested £6.4 million in our University network, making study and research more flexible and accessible. University-owned halls of residence have wired and WiFi connections giving you fast access to all University resources and the internet. It’s not a problem if you don’t have your own computer – there are public-access PC ‘clusters’ at all campuses with many open 24 hours. You can also borrow laptops from the Forum Library and use specialist lockers to charge devices.  IT Help at the Student Information Desk (SID): from IT service support, to virus problems and internet access; we can assist with any issues. We even run laptop clinics to help you get your laptop working on our network.

Learning spaces We are also investing in our learning spaces to ensure you have excellent teaching facilities; these include expanding our lecture capture service so you can see lectures again online.

Library services The University of Exeter Library supports learning and research by prioritising digital collections and providing excellent study environments and facilities. We provide more than 1.25 million digital resources including ebooks, ejournals and databases for every subject, available wherever and whenever you want them, supplemented by a print stock of over 1 million volumes.  Forum Library: our flagship library, which includes multi-media and computer clusters is open 24/7 throughout the year. We ensure content is relevant to you through our student library champions who help guide what we purchase. The Forum Library also houses the Lasok Law Library.  Amory Study Centre, The Sanctuary, The Loft and Giraffe House: student-friendly study spaces zoned for quiet and group work.  St Luke’s Campus Library: this campus library has silent, quiet and group-study zones (some open 24/7), multi-media facilities and collections supporting sport science, medicine and teaching practice.

 Penryn Campus Library: our library facilities in Cornwall, shared with the University of Falmouth, benefited from a £10 million investment in 2012, and offer a wide range of inspiring resources and study spaces with 24/7 access during term time.  Heritage collections: internationally important special collections exclusive to Exeter include literary and historical archives and The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum.  Research Commons: from the latest ebooks to medieval manuscripts, we provide a world-class researchintensive library environment for serious study. www.exeter.ac.uk/as

Supporting mature students We welcome applicants who may not have come directly from school or college and who wish to return to education at different stages of their lives. The decision to enter higher education as a mature student can be a difficult one in terms of commitment and financial circumstances. We provide the support that you need to make the most of your time here, and with that support and your own determination, you’ll find the whole experience very rewarding. www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/maturestudents

LIFE IN CORNWALL Cornwall will appeal if you want to study in beautiful surroundings and live as part of a vibrant student community where you constantly run into people you know. You’ll find a fantastic student lifestyle in a safe and friendly environment, with plenty of opportunities for sporting and outdoor activities. The Penryn Campus is a few minutes’ walk from Penryn, home to a rapidly expanding collection of independent cafés, shops, galleries and restaurants, as well as Jubilee Wharf, one of the country’s leading zero-carbon buildings. It provides an inspirational environment for artists and a home for The Muddy Beach café, which has great views of the estuary and regular live music. Penryn’s railway station is a 10-minute journey from Falmouth and 20 minutes from Truro.

HEART BUILDING, PENRYN CAMPUS

Falmouth is a vibrant town, thanks in part to the number of students in the area, with a wealth of bars, pubs and restaurants and a lively café culture. It’s the centre of Cornwall’s creative scene, with businesses, studios, shops and galleries, and great live music across the town. Falmouth’s seven beaches, beautiful rivers and worldfamous marina also make it a haven for those who love sand, sailing and surf.

CAMPUSES IN CORNWALL Penryn Campus, near Falmouth Our Penryn Campus has consistently ranked highly for satisfaction: students report having a highly personal experience that is intellectually stretching but great fun, providing plenty of opportunities to quickly get to know everyone. Currently supporting around 5,000 students, the campus – shared with Falmouth University – combines the latest academic research and residential facilities with an intimacy, energy and friendliness. The diversity of the students’ interests and backgrounds gives the campus a unique vibrancy.

throughout our degree programmes as well as in student societies, clubs and the running of the campus.

Though we have one of the UK’s smallest top-ten university campuses, we excel in tackling some of the world’s biggest challenges through our research, which informs our teaching. Students respond positively to how we do this; they report exceptionally high levels of satisfaction with academic staff, improved communication skills and confidence.

In 2016 we opened a new £4 million sports centre on the campus in addition to a new nursery for the benefit of staff and students.

Issues related to the environment and sustainability underpin much of the campus’s ethos; these themes recur

The campus is constantly developing, most recently the £5.5 million Science and Engineering Research Support Facility, which builds upon the £30 million investment in the Environment and Sustainability Institute (ESI). Cumulatively, these facilities put not only the University, but also Cornwall as a whole, at the forefront of research aiming to solve problems associated with environmental change.

Truro Campus Our Truro Campus at the Royal Cornwall Hospital hosts third and fourth-year medical students gaining practical experience as well as a number of students undertaking Masters-level study. The campus includes a clinical skills resource centre as well as library facilities.

MINERALS LABORATORIES, PENRYN CAMPUS

CAMPUSES IN CORNWALL Penryn Campus life FXU (Falmouth and Exeter Union) The Penryn Campus Students’ Union is known as FXU and jointly represents students of the University of Exeter Penryn Campus and Falmouth University. Students from each institution have their own Student President and the support of two joint presidents: one responsible for student experience, and one responsible for community and welfare. FXU will play a major role in your student experience, starting with its programme of Freshers’ Week activities. It organises events on and off campus, helps students set up and run sports clubs and societies, has a successful Community Action and Raising and Donating (RAD) base, and runs a support and advice service. Services include:  Representation: the FXU President works full-time to make sure your voice is heard within the University and wider community;  Student Services: professional staff provide self-help, offer counselling, advice on student living, and a nursery (located on the campus), as well as accessibility and chaplaincy support;  Confidential advice: counsellors who are independent of the University can discuss any financial, housing, legal and academic issues that are troubling you;  Entertainment: The Stannary, with a 1,300-person capacity, is the social hub of the campus and is fast becoming one of Cornwall’s best venues, with gigs, comedy and regular club nights. As its status grows, so does the profile of the acts;

previous performers include Chase & Status, Annie Mac and Wretch 32. See page 43 for more information on music;  Sports clubs and societies: the ever-growing variety of clubs and societies is a cornerstone of the Penryn Campus. See our website for further details and page 41 for more information on sport;  Media: students run the campus magazine, Flex; a newspaper, The Falmouth Anchor; and a science and nature-themed magazine called Life. All three publications offer the opportunity for ambitious students to showcase their talent while gaining valuable work experience associated with all aspects of the design and publication process;  Volunteering: Raising and Donating (RAD) gives you the opportunity to make a difference, gain experience, make new friends and boost your CV. Regular charity partners include The National Trust, Surfers Against Sewage and the Monkey Sanctuary, but FXU can support you in your efforts to raise money for your own good cause of choice.

Freshers’ activities at the Penryn Campus Your introduction to student life is filled with events designed to get you interacting with new friends and familiarising yourself with the local area. The opportunities are varied and exciting: you could try a free surf lesson on an amazing north coast beach, followed by a fancy-dress showdown in the campus bar; or you could get involved in conservation or art work, and then relax at a film night. It’s a great way to get settled into university life and the range of activities is aimed at all tastes. www.fxu.org.uk

Tom Murray-Richards, FXU President Exeter 2016/17 The University of Exeter in Cornwall gives you the wonderful opportunity to study at a top 10 university that shares a campus with Falmouth University, the UK’s number one arts institution. I am a History graduate and last year I was elected by my peers to be FXU President Exeter. I am one of four Presidents who work full-time to represent students and their experiences. Collectively we will ensure that the highest levels of the University hear and act on your feedback. We, a multiple award-winning students’ union, work to improve your student experience and make sure your time here in Cornwall is the best that it can be, from a world-class course to delivering over 130 sports clubs, societies and volunteering groups (including everything from Harry Potter Society to Underwater Hockey and climbing to Everest Base Camp)! I fell in love with Cornwall, met some of my closest friends here and have no doubt that I made the best choice in studying here. Where else would you have the opportunity to have the personality of a small campus at a Russell Group University, alongside a seaside lifestyle?

SPORTS CENTRE, PENRYN CAMPUS

SPORT We offer a wide range of studentrun sports clubs, ranging from the competitive to recreational and social. Many clubs play in local leagues as well as university-related competitions. FXU, our Students’ Union, is registered with British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS).

We also run the Falmouth and Exeter Sports Initiative (FLEXSI) which aims to increase participation in sports by offering an even broader range of activities including scuba diving and stand-up paddle boarding.

Water sports feature strongly in Cornwall; it’s one of the best places in the country for surfing and sailing, and the Penryn Campus has great links with local water sports providers and clubs, including traditional Cornish gig-rowing clubs.

All the FXU supported clubs are set up and run by students, and change each year to reflect current interests. Current clubs include:

Facilities The Penryn Campus has a brand new £4 million Sports Centre offering high-quality sports facilities for staff, students and the community. The facility has been developed in partnership with the University of Exeter, Falmouth University, the FXU (Falmouth and Exeter Students’ Union), and Falmouth Exeter Plus (the campus’ shared services delivery partner). The new centre includes: a four-court sports hall, available to hire for a variety of sports and events; a fitness suite offering a brand new programme of classes in the large, versatile studio; and a spacious, 90-station gym equipped by leading UK experts Pulse Fitness. The new building also includes a day nursery for children of students and staff aged up to five. Away from the gym, the campus has one and two-mile running routes, an orienteering route and easy-to-use outdoor gym equipment. We also have a multi-use games area, which offers an all-weather, floodlit facility for five-aside football, hockey skills and tennis.

Sports clubs

 Badminton  Capoeira  Cheerleading limbing C  Duke of Edinburgh  Football (men’s and women’s)  Hockey  Horse-riding  Kayaking  Kung Fu  Lacrosse  Netball  Rugby  Sailing  Sea Swimming  Snorkel and Dive  Snowsports  Squash and Tennis  Surfing  Swimming  Tang Soo Do  Tremorz (Street Dance)  Ultimate Frisbee www.exeter.ac.uk/cornwall/facilities/ sport

As a first-year, I started playing lacrosse with no previous experience. It has been a brilliant way to meet people (some with whom I’ve lived for the past two years), learn a new sport and also travel to other parts of the country whilst competing in the South West Women’s Lacrosse League. Having enjoyed my first year so much I decided to take over the role of Chairwoman for the club which in itself has taught me a number of valuable skills, such as leadership, teamwork and communication. I couldn’t recommend joining a club and/ or society more as it has been one of my best experiences as a student. Jessica Rudd, BSc Zoology with Study Abroad

MINACK THEATRE, CORNWALL

ARTS AND CULTURE Cornwall has a thriving cultural scene. Here are our top tips for feeding your creative side.

Films, performance and comedy The Academy of Music and Theatre Arts (AMATA) on campus provides purposebuilt facilities for students and visiting performers. We also have a cinema on campus in the Media Centre. Falmouth has the five-screen Phoenix Cinema, along with The Poly, which offers film, theatre, comedy and other events. The Minack, a theatre cut out of the cliffs at Porthcurno, is as striking as it sounds. The internationally-renowned Kneehigh Theatre offers ground-breaking work, and Truro’s Hall for Cornwall hosts national music, comedy, dance and theatre tours.

Music

Art

In addition to the on-campus venue – The Stannary – the Eden Project’s annual Eden Sessions bring highprofile artists to Cornwall every year. Falmouth’s Princess Pavilion hosts national and local musicians and the town’s many bars and pubs also feature lots of live shows.

Cornwall has attracted artists for generations. Nearby, Falmouth is a good place to start, with many galleries and studios. Further afield, there’s Tate St Ives as well as many galleries throughout Cornwall, particularly around Penzance and Newlyn.

There are plenty of ways to get involved in music on and off campus. FXU can provide lots of information on community-based music and performance groups.

WELLBEING The Living Support Team offers help with welfare issues in liaison with the Wellbeing Services team and external healthcare professionals.

Services available  Your academic tutor: your academic tutor will be available to discuss any problems with you, academic or otherwise. If you need general academic advice relating to, for example, dyslexia or study skills, they’ll point you in the right direction. Your tutor will also help you to identify specific advice relating to your programme of study.  On-campus surgery: the Penryn Campus is served by the Penryn Surgery, which provides a clinic on campus five times a week.  Confidential counselling: independent advice is offered by Student Services. Exactly what form this takes depends on a first assessment and is based on your particular needs and circumstances.

 Disability support: we ensure that students with disabilities are able to participate fully in campus activities and encourage you to declare your disability on your application form. This doesn’t affect your application, but it does help us to prepare for your arrival and plan your support. We can also help students to identify technical or equipment needs and apply for funding, benefits and allowances.  Student advice unit: the staff of the Students’ Union (FXU) offer independent, impartial advice and help with queries relating to money, housing, personal relationships and legal matters. You can find out more at www.fxu.org.uk/advice_welfare

 Family support: The Little Wonders Nursery, Penryn Campus, is for children up to five years old. The nursery benefits families among staff, students and the community, and includes plenty of safe and secure outdoor space to encourage play and learning.  Religious provision: the Penryn Campus Chaplaincy provides a welcoming and supportive environment for students and staff of all faiths or none. The Chaplaincy has a quiet room to worship, pray, meditate or relax. The diverse faith team has representatives from several different faiths and traditions who are available to advise and lead worship on campus. www.exeter.ac.uk/cornwall

Any questions? Penryn Campus Accommodation Office Phone: +44 (0)1326 253639 or 370436 Email: accommodation@fxplus.ac.uk www.exeter.ac.uk/cornwall/facilities/accommodation

GLASNEY STUDENT VILLAGE, PENRYN CAMPUS

ACCOMMODATION Living in university accommodation helps you ease into university life by allowing you to settle in quickly and make friends. We offer accommodation that is safe, secure, well-designed and purpose-built: its atmosphere, attractiveness and convenience will help your university career get off to the best possible start.

Your accommodation guarantee We guarantee University-owned, managed or approved accommodation to:  new students entering the first year of an undergraduate programme who have firmly accepted the offer of a place and who apply by the published deadline;*  Study Abroad and Erasmus students studying for a single semester or the full academic year.

Options We have a variety of accommodation options available across different locations, either on, or within easy access of, the Penryn Campus. We have a range of room types available which vary in size and cost:  shared en-suite;  single occupancy en-suite;  en-suite studio accommodation and kitchenette▲. Our accommodation is self-catered and normally arranged in cluster flats of four to nine students with a kitchen, dining area and, in some halls, a communal lounge. We have a number of accommodation options suitable for students with disabilities; please contact the Accommodation Office for further information. Halls are accessed via secure entry systems and there is CCTV in operation at most sites. Support is available 24/7.

* please see our website for full details of the guarantee ▲ standard rooms with shared bathroom

Conveniently located A bus service operates regularly between Falmouth, Penryn and Truro with easy access between the towns and campus. Penryn train station is nearby with regular trains running to Falmouth and Truro.

Food options Our halls are self-catered, but if you prefer to have your meals prepared for you, there are a number of food outlets on the Penryn Campus serving breakfast and lunch, Monday to Friday. You can buy discounted food vouchers in bulk or there’s the option to pay as you go. We also have a well-stocked shop on site and our accommodation is located close to supermarkets.

Contract and costs The contract lengths and rates for accommodation below are for the 2016/17 academic year. Details for 2017/18 will be available in spring 2017.

Other University-owned, managed or approved accommodation Please note, during periods of high demand, we partner with approved housing providers to make sure you always secure a safe and enjoyable living environment on or off campus. Accommodation options are reviewed annually and further details confirming what is available, updated costs, application deadline dates and our guarantee will be available online in spring 2017.

Private-sector accommodation Falmouth and Penryn offer a variety of private-sector housing options. Our Accommodation team are on hand to support you in finding somewhere to live, offering one-toone information, advice and guidance through house hunting seminars and online accommodation lists.

Typical costs 2016 prices Type of room

Length of let

Typical cost

Self-catered – single occupancy

42 weeks

£4,695.18 – £7,235.34

Self-catered – shared occupancy

42 weeks

£3,245.76 – £4,057.20

Utilities are included within all our halls, with some capped by an average allowance that needs to be ‘topped up’ if exceeded. Contents insurance is included in the rent. Internet is provided free of charge and, in some halls, there is the option to pay extra for increased provision.

LIBRARY, PENRYN CAMPUS

LEARNING AND STUDYING RESOURCES IT services

Students benefit from:

 iExeter mobile app and student portal: iExeter is home to all the vital IT services that you’ll need throughout your time with us. It is available on your mobile and from any web-enabled computer, and provides access to your email, calendar, documents, library account, teaching timetables and learning materials for your modules. You can use iExeter to ask non-academic support questions at any time online via the Student Information Desk.

 24/7 library access during term time;

 Free internet access: in recent years we have invested £6.4 million in our University network, making study and research more flexible and accessible. Glasney Student Village has free internet access and there are public-access PC ‘clusters’ on campus. You can even borrow a laptop from our IT Services team.  IT Service Desk: our friendly team can assist with a whole range of issues, from passwords, printing problems, mobile devices, laptop loans, internet access and helping you to recover lost work.  Lecture-capture and videoconferencing facilities: many of our learning spaces are equipped so that you can access some lectures remotely or see them again online.

The library service The Penryn Campus Library and IT facilities provide an accessible and excellent study environment. The Exchange, a learning, research and teaching hub in the centre of the campus, provides access to the full range of academic and support services in one welcoming space.

 self-service facilities;  a range of different study areas, with wifi access throughout;  a comprehensive range of digital and printed resources – 200,000 ebooks/books, 3,000 geological maps and 25,000 videos/DVDs;  a large variety of ejournals, databases and magazines;  access to all the university libraries available from Exeter and Falmouth, and options to request inter-library loans;  archives and special collections, including the Camborne School of Mines archives and the new Gorsedh Kernow Bardic collection. Our range of resources is continually reviewed and refreshed and you’ll have the option of an induction to cover the Library and IT facilities. Library helpdesk staff will help you find resources, use the self-service machines and make online reservations. Specialist subject-related information, support and one-to-one guidance and training on research and academic skills are available throughout your studies. www.exeter.ac.uk/cornwall

Supporting mature students At the Penryn Campus, we very much welcome applicants who wish to return to education at different stages of their lives. A substantial minority of full-time undergraduates are mature students and many tell us that the campus’ smaller scale and wide range of support options makes the transition back into full-time study easier. Further information and support: www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/maturestudents

The Penryn Campus is the perfect place to study! The small campus and open-door policy of the lecturers creates a supportive, stimulating and thriving study environment. You are not just a number; students recognise each other and are recognised by the lecturers. Alongside this, there is a huge amount of support provided by Academic Skills Advisors (ASK) who can guide you on all aspects of essay writing, presenting and much more. The facilities and support on the campus are astonishing. Katherine Mycock, BA History

MONEY MATTERS We are committed to attracting the best and brightest students to the University of Exeter whatever your background. While you are here, we promise to provide you with the support and facilities necessary to realise your potential. Because we are determined not to let financial worries put anyone off studying for a degree, we offer: ¨ bursaries to complement existing

Government loans;

¨ expert funding advice and guidance to give

the best practical help to ensure you are able to make the most of your time here.

EXETER CITY CENTRE

Tuition fees The fee is currently £9,250 for UK and EU students starting a new full-time degree in 2017. This may be subject to small annual increments due to changes in government policy. The only exceptions to this are:

▲

 Year in Industry: reduced fee of £1,850▲

Government loans Tuition fee loan UK/EU students can apply for a loan to cover all tuition fees. You:  will not have to pay for any of your tuition fees in advance;  will only start repaying the loan once you’ve graduated and are earning over £21,000 per year. The level of interest charged will depend on the amount you earn, and the lowest earners will only pay interest at the rate of inflation.

Maintenance loan You can apply for a loan to help with your living costs. The amount you receive will depend on your household income. Full details of financial support for all home nations and EU students is available at www.gov.uk/studentfinance

University of Exeter funding Please note: the following details refer to entry in 2017. Details for 2018 entry will be available on our website in early February 2018.

Access to Exeter bursaries The Access to Exeter Bursary is a guaranteed, non-competitive bursary available to all UK and EU students with a household income below £25,000. The bursary does not have to be paid back.

ACCESS TO EXETER BURSARY YEAR 1

ACCESS TO EXETER BURSARY YEAR 2

Below £16,000

£2,000

£1,500

£16,001 to £25,000

£1,000

Care leavers We provide financial support for care leavers under the age of 25. This support includes a full fee waiver for all years of study. Please see our website for full details.

 BMBS Medicine: the standard tuition fee is applied for years one to four. In year five the tuition fees will be paid by the NHS*  Year Abroad: reduced fee of £1,385

HOUSEHOLD INCOME

Hardship and Retention Fund May provide extra financial support to students who have serious financial difficulties and who might otherwise have to abandon their studies.

Sports scholarships

Sport scholarships are awarded annually and tailored to individual needs. They include a cash sum for sporting expenses of up to £2,000 per year for exceptional athletes. The amount awarded depends on your chosen sport, achievements, ability and potential to develop during your time at Exeter. We also provide a full package of support services and coaching equating to a cash equivalent of at least £3,500. Every scholar is assessed at the end of each year and they have to apply for re-nomination for an award. In return for an award, every scholar must compete for the University. We generally place emphasis on awarding scholarships in our nine high performance focus sports: Cricket, Golf, Hockey, Lacrosse, Netball, Rowing, Rugby Union, Sailing and Tennis. www.exeter.ac.uk/sport/studentsport/ performancesport/scholarships

Subject-specific scholarships – UK/EU and international students Please see our website at www.exeter. ac.uk/funding/prospective

* assuming current external funding arrangements continue ▲ in line with current government legislation. Applies to four-year degree programmes only, where a full academic year is spent studying abroad or working

Working while studying Most students supplement their income by working part-time. The maximum recommended is 10-15 hours per week during term time, and the National Minimum Wage for people aged 18-20 is £5.60 per hour (£6.70 for ages 21-24). Our Career Zone (page 12) can help you find part-time jobs.

International students The tuition fees for international students starting their course in October 2016 are: Arts, Humanities, Social Science (including Business, Economics and Law); Single Honours Mathematics; Geography: £15,950 Accounting and Finance: £18,000 Science and Engineering (including Psychology and Sport Sciences): £18,550 Combined Honours programmes that combine a science and a non-science subject: £17,000 Medicine: £28,500 Please note that the prices listed above will increase by no more than 3 per cent each year for the duration of your studies to take into account inflationary pressures. Please refer to page 50 for a guide to living costs. For further information about how your fee status is determined see the UKCISA guidance at www.ukcisa.org.uk As an international student you should look for information about scholarships from your own Ministry of Education, from the appropriate inter-university organisation, or from the British Council. Emergency financial assistance is available for international students via the Fund for International Student Hardship (FISH). You can find details by following the link to International Students at www.exeter.ac.uk/ studentfinance

MONEY MATTERS The cost of living The amount you spend as a student is, to some extent, up to you. You will need to make choices about how you live and what your priorities are. For a first year UK student living in University catered accommodation, the term-time (32 weeks) costs are likely to be something like this:

Accommodation

Average £209 per week for 32 weeks

Food – lunches, coffees, etc

Approx £20 per week for 32 weeks

Books and equipment

£6,688

£300 £640

Clubs and societies

£300

Clothing

£250

TV licence

£145

Travel home

£200

Toiletries and haircuts

£150

Telephone and internet Social life

£250 Approx £35 per week

£1,120

House deposit for next year

£400

TOTAL

£10,443

THE GREAT BARRIER REEF Photo: Abigail Parravani, BSc Conservation Biology and Ecology with Study Abroad

STUDY ABROAD Your experience at the University of Exeter can reach far beyond South West England: we offer a range of international study and work experiences.

Why study abroad?

Where can I go?

Today’s employers look for globally aware graduates who can succeed in culturally diverse settings. Study Abroad is a fantastic opportunity that will encourage you to challenge yourself and grow in confidence, whilst helping you to meet new people and increase your employability along the way. Almost 800 students across our campuses study at one of our partner universities in 30 countries around the world. Students returning from a year abroad tell us it’s the best year of their lives.

 Study Abroad at a partner university in Europe (under the Erasmus+ scheme) or further afield.

How does it work? If you are studying Modern Languages or a degree ‘with European Study’, ‘with Study Abroad’, or ‘with International Study’, you will spend the third year of your four-year degree studying abroad. Many of our other degree programmes allow you to add an additional year abroad to your degree. You may also be able to go abroad for a single semester, or to participate in a summer school or short programme at one of our partner universities or institutions, offering a unique academic experience to enhance your degree. You don’t need to be fluent in another language to take part. We have a host of partner universities in English-speaking countries as well as links to a number of institutions, notably in the Netherlands, Denmark, Norway and Sweden, where some, or all, of the classes are taught in English. Although you won’t need to speak another language in class, you might want to brush up on the basics before your arrival to help you function in everyday life. Wherever you go, you will be awarded full academic credit for your study abroad period.

Are you an international student considering studying abroad with us? See page 53 for details.

 Work internationally with opportunities around the globe including Erasmus work placements in Europe.  Short-term programmes and summer schools (typically one to six weeks in length) at institutions around the world. The Erasmus+ scheme covers institutions across the European Union and European Economic Area. You can see a full and current list of potential Study Abroad destinations, along with further details of individual schemes, on our website. If you are planning to study in a language other than English, you will have to be sufficiently competent to study effectively in that language. Classes at the Foreign Language Centre will help get you up to speed or refresh existing skills. If you are interested in studying further afield, you can study outside Europe in countries including the USA, Canada, Mexico, Peru, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, Taiwan, Thailand, Singapore, China and Hong Kong.

Summer schools and other short-term study opportunities You can also take advantage of international study opportunities during the summer vacation. Last year more than 120 Exeter students participated in summer schools or

other short-term programmes in a wide range of countries.

Entry requirements for Study Abroad The entry requirements for our programmes with study abroad can be found in the subject entries of this prospectus. Permission to take part in study abroad will depend on your academic progress, language ability, and the places available in your chosen countries.

Erasmus work placement The Erasmus Work Placement scheme promotes employability and mobility across Europe. Participants spend between three and 12 months on a work placement as an integral part of their studies, gaining work experience and academic recognition for that work. Because you will need to be competent in your target language, this option is especially relevant to Modern Languages or ‘with European Study’ students. Previous participants have worked in a variety of areas: marketing, translation, law, TV production, fashion and with charities. Students have used the opportunity to test their future career aspirations and, in the process, have gained a wealth of experience to add to their CV. Students on Modern Language degrees also have the opportunity to undertake a British Council Language Assistantship and spend a year being paid to help teach in one of seven European countries, China, Latin America or Canada. www.exeter.ac.uk/careers/global/ work_placements

Study Abroad destinations For a full list of the destinations currently available, please see our website www.exeter.ac.uk/international Further information: International Office, Phone: +44 (0)1392 723841, Email: outbound@exeter.ac.uk, www.exeter.ac.uk/international/abroad

EXETER CATHEDRAL

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS The University warmly welcomes international students and provides all the support you need to make the most of your undergraduate studies in the UK. At present more than 5,000 students from more than 140 countries contribute to a thriving international community across our campuses in Exeter and Cornwall. Our campuses are located in a region which boasts some of the most beautiful countryside and coastline in the UK. The Streatham and St Luke’s campuses are conveniently located a 15-minute walk or five-minute bus ride from the historic, student-friendly city of Exeter, which is two and a half hours from London. Students studying at our Penryn Campus are near Falmouth, a scenic port town with a vibrant student community.

Before you arrive We are happy to answer questions about any aspect of living and studying at the University of Exeter, including the suitability of your existing academic qualifications and English language proficiency. If you are in the UK and wish to visit the University, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ visiting, or contact the International Office for arrangements if you will be travelling from abroad. Our International Students’ Guide contains practical information you will need to prepare for living and studying at the University of Exeter. A copy is available to download at www.exeter.ac.uk/internationalguide

Academic and English language entry requirements The University recognises a large number of overseas academic qualifications. Guidance on the equivalence of overseas qualifications can be found on our website www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ international All students need a high level of linguistic proficiency to make the most of their time at the University both academically and socially. If you require a visa to study in the UK the University is also required to comply with the UKVI linguistic assessment checks. Our English language requirements can be viewed at www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/applications/entry

What if I don’t meet the entry requirements? If your previous academic or English language qualification does not meet our direct entrance requirements you can apply to study at INTO University of Exeter. Please see page 57 for information on our INTO University of Exeter programmes.

Exeter is in a great location with good transport links. Anything you need or want to do is a short train ride away, from the beach or a festival, to flying home. This means you can study at a green university and still take advantage of the many work opportunities offered in places like London. If you are thinking of coming to Exeter, the best thing to do is come down and have a look for yourself. I did, and it was just what I wanted. Johannes Neumann, LLB European Law (Magister)

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Applying

Once you are here

If you are an overseas student wishing to study at the University of Exeter as a contributing element towards your degree, either as part of an international exchange or as an independent visiting student, please consult our Study Abroad website at www.exeter.ac.uk/ studyabroad

Help and advice: our International Student Support Office acts as a focal point for help and advice with any matters relating to your welfare throughout your studies. They assist with immigration issues including the renewal of student visas, provide advice on bringing your family to the UK and coordinate a wide range of cultural events in partnership with student societies.

Applications for all full-time undergraduate degrees have to be made through UCAS www.ucas.ac.uk

Booking your accommodation If you are an unaccompanied, first-year international student studying for a full academic year, we guarantee you an offer of University accommodation for the first year of your studies, providing you return your application form and deposit by the deadline. Please see page 33 for details.

A warm welcome Freshers’ Week, held immediately before the start of term in September, helps ease your transition to life and study in the UK. A targeted programme of events introduces the University and provides practical information before your academic programme begins. You will be able to familiarise yourself with the local area, register with a health centre, open a bank account, meet representatives of campus organisations and make new friends. If you are travelling from abroad our Meet and Greet Scheme from Heathrow International Airport is bookable online from July.

English language support: the INTO University of Exeter Centre and the Academic Skills Service in Cornwall offer a range of in-sessional classes, workshops and tutorials. Representing your views: the International Students Council represents international student views to the Students’ Guild. The Students’ Guild coordinates a variety of clubs and societies including international students’ societies, along with a number of other societies representing different ethnic, nationality or language groups. Please see www.exeterguild.org/societies (Exeter campuses) or www.fxu.org.uk (Penryn Campus). Religious provision: please see pages 31 and 43.

Tuition fees and living costs To gain a UK student visa, you must show that you have enough funds for both academic costs and living expenses. Our offer letters state the annual tuition fee and the living allowance required to secure a Tier 4 visa (£1,015 per month for nine months minimum at the time of printing). If you are awarded a University funded scholarship this will be deducted from the fees when we issue your Confirmation of Acceptance of Studies.

How much will I need? For further information, please see the following web links and page 49 for funding information. www.exeter.ac.uk/accommodation www.exeter.ac.uk/internationalguide www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ international/livingcosts

Further information International Student Recruitment Team Phone: +44 (0)1392 723405 Email: intoff@exeter.ac.uk www.exeter.ac.uk/international International Student Support Office Phone: +44 (0)1392 724724 Email: sid@exeter.ac.uk www.exeter.ac.uk/internationalstudents The UK Council for International Student Affairs (UKCISA) Fee status advice, immigration and employment regulations www.ukcisa.org.uk Immigration regulations Home Office website: www.ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk/ visas-immigration/studying Want to hear from former University of Exeter international students? Former students are an excellent source of first-hand information. Our International Alumni Officer can put you in touch. Phone: +44 (0)1392 723141 Email: alumni@exeter.ac.uk

Exeter has been an amazing experience so far. Although I’ve just started my second year, I’ve joined countless societies, which has given me the confidence to take part fully in university life; from dancing at Diwali and the Diversity Ball, to volunteering to feed the homeless, which was a hugely rewarding experience. During my first year, I also managed to set up my own company. Ina Jha, BA Business Economics

BUILDING:ONE, STREATHAM CAMPUS

INTO BUILDING, STREATHAM CAMPUS

INTO University of Exeter The £53 million INTO University of Exeter Centre, located at the heart of the Streatham Campus, provides a learning environment tailored to the needs of international students. More than 3,000 students have successfully progressed from INTO University of Exeter to our degree programmes at the University of Exeter. INTO University of Exeter academic programmes are quality-assured and validated by the University of Exeter. These programmes are designed to develop the academic study skills and high levels of English language competence necessary for undergraduate study at the University of Exeter. Students who successfully pass both academic and linguistic components of their INTO University of Exeter programme are guaranteed a place on an appropriate degree programme at the University. Further information INTO University of Exeter Email: into@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724282 www.intohigher.com/exeter

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS INTO University of Exeter academic programmes International Foundation  A nine-month pre-university academic course designed for international students to bridge the gap between their overseas high school and undergraduate study in the UK.  Leads to the award of a Foundation Certificate.  Five subject-specific pathways available: Biomedical, Life and Environmental Sciences; Economics, Finance and Management; Engineering, Mathematics, Computer Science and Physical Sciences; Humanities, Law and Social Science; and Mathematics with Economics, Finance and Management.  A Fast Track variant, with March intake, is available for students wishing to progress to degrees in the Business School who meet the University’s direct entry linguistic requirements. Alternatively Extended options, incorporating a term of intensive English language tuition at the beginning of the course, are available for students studying on all pathways, who do not meet the standard Foundation programme’s linguistic requirements.  Successful completion (subject to achieving the specified grades for entry) leads to direct entry to the first year of a number of degree subjects including: Accounting, Archaeology, Bioscience, Economics, Engineering, Geology, History,

International Relations, Law, Management, Mathematics, Politics and Psychology. Duration Approximately nine months for the standard programme, six months for the Fast Track variant or 12 months for the Extended Foundation course. Start dates January; March (Fast Track Foundation only); July (Extended Foundation only); and September. Course content  The majority of the course is devoted to subject-based modules that relate directly to your proposed degree programme.  English language and study skills are core subjects, accounting for approximately a third of the course. The Fast Track variant includes an Independent Study in Business module to enhance students’ independent research skills.

International Year One  Equivalent to the first year of an undergraduate degree. Provides academic preparation for entry to the second year of a relevant undergraduate degree at the University of Exeter.  Leads to the award of a Certificate of Higher Education.  Designed for international students who have studied to A level standard (or the international equivalent) and who show academic promise, but

INTO UNIVERSITY OF EXETER ENTRY DATA PROGRAMMES

OFFER PRE-REQUISITES

TYPICAL OFFER

International Foundation; nine month

Satisfactory completion of 12 years of schooling (or the local equivalent to meet the same standard) with strong grades, and English language score of IELTS 5.0 to 5.5 depending on programme length (plus sub-skill requirements).

Offers are made on an individual basis, but will require evidence of academic success and competence in English*.

International Year One

Satisfactory completion of A levels, IB or equivalent or first year of an overseas university degree qualification with good grades and English language score of IELTS 6.0 (plus sub-skill requirements).

Offers are made on an individual basis, but will require evidence of academic success and competence in English.

variant. (Fast Track and Extended programmes have different linguistic minima)

An expanded list of recognised qualifications can be found by following the ‘In your country’ link at www.exeter.ac.uk/international * all students from non-majority English countries enrolling on an INTO University of Exeter course of longer than six months must have a valid Secure English Language Test (SELT) certificate in order to satisfy UK Tier 4 immigration requirements; at the time of printing only the UKVI variant of the IELTS test has this status

do not meet the academic and/or English language requirements for direct entry to the first year of an undergraduate degree.  Four subject-specific pathways available: Accounting and Finance; Engineering; Management and Business Economics; and Psychology.  Successful completion of the relevant programme and modules (subject to achieving the specified grades for entry) leads to direct entry to the second year of a select number of undergraduate degree programmes: BUSINESS SCHOOL

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES

COLLEGE OF LIFE AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

Accounting and Finance

Civil Engineering

Psychology

Business and Accounting

Engineering and Management

Business and Management

Materials Engineering

Business Economics

Mechanical Engineering

Management with Marketing

Electronic Engineering Civil and Environmental Engineering

Duration Three terms or approximately nine months. Start dates September; January (Accounting and Finance; Management and Business Economics pathways only). Course content  Around 80 per cent of the course is devoted to subjects that relate directly to your proposed degree programme.  The remainder is made up of classes which cover academic English language and study skills within the context of your academic discipline.

What if my IELTS score is less than the required level? It may be possible to enrol onto an INTO English for University Study course for an appropriate period.

58 Accounting and Finance

Accounting and Finance 9th for Accounting and Finance in The Times and The Sunday Times University Guide 2017

Programme details BSc Accounting and Finance

11th for Accounting and Finance in The Complete University Guide 2017

N422 3 yrs

EQUIS accredited

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCSE Maths minimum grade B or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language minimum grade B

Exemptions from professional accounting examinations Option to study or work abroad or gain industrial experience

with European Study N423 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience NN43 4 yrs with International Study NN4H 4 yrs

 This programme offers considerable

exemptions from the exams of the professional bodies and is specifically designed for students who wish to pursue a career in accountancy or finance

 Gives you an understanding of the legal,

DEGREES IN EXETER BSc Single Honours Accounting and Finance* Business and Accounting* Programme information Email: business-school-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723200 * 4-year programmes with European or International Study or with Industrial Experience available

A Business School brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Business and Management (see page 74) Economics (see page 86) Mathematics (see page 120)

We offer two accounting and finance programmes in the Business School – BSc Accounting and Finance and BSc Business and Accounting. If your aim is to pursue a career in accounting or finance with a major accounting firm, industry or the financial sector, you should consider the BSc Accounting and Finance as this degree offers considerable exemptions from the examinations of the professional bodies. If you want more of an interdisciplinary programme which still includes core accounting subjects, you may be better suited to the BSc Business and Accounting degree. This programme allows you considerable choice of options across our portfolio of business subjects, including management and economics, and enables you to appreciate the wider context within which accounting operates. You will also have the opportunity to study overseas or to undertake a period of industrial experience. We have strong links with professional firms and institutes, and the majority of our Accounting staff have worked in the profession, industry or commerce. There is no requirement for you to have studied accounting before coming to us.

business and social environments in which accountancy operates

 Enables you to be conversant in the

technical languages and practices of the accountancy and financial sectors

 Aims to equip students with research-led knowledge and academically rigorous skills

Core modules: Year 1 Business Finance for Accountants; Business Law for Accountants; Economic Principles; Introduction to Financial Accounting; Introduction to Management Accounting; Management Concepts and Practice; Introduction to Statistics for Accountants. Year 2 Corporate Finance; Financial Accounting A and B; Intermediate Management Accounting; options (or a language for the ‘with European Study’ programme). Year 3 Advanced Corporate Finance; Advanced Financial Reporting; Advanced Management Accounting; options.

‘exeter’ ‘accounting’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 58

23/01/2017 10:33

Accounting and Finance 59

BSc Business and Accounting NN41 3 yrs

with European Study NN4C 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience NND4 4 yrs with International Study NN1L 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCSE Maths minimum grade B or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language minimum grade B

 BSc Business and Accounting maintains

the core focus of accounting, whilst giving you a much broader understanding of business subjects

 Incorporates all disciplines of the Business School and you will study compulsory and optional modules from business, management, accounting, finance, law and economics

 Helps you to develop a set of graduate skills and attributes which are hugely relevant to 21st century businesses, such as analytical problem-solving, teamwork, research, and communicating information

 Prepares you for a professional career

in a wide range of sectors, including accountancy, e-commerce, marketing, management relations, banking and finance

 Visits from key graduate recruiters  Optional module choices can lead to exemptions from professional accountancy exams

Core modules: Year 1 Business Finance for Accountants; Business Law for Accountants; Economic Principles; Introduction to Financial Accounting; Introduction to Management Accounting; Introduction to Statistics for Accountants; Management Concepts and Practice. Year 2 Financial Accounting A and B; Intermediate Management Accounting; Organisation Behaviour; Human Resource Management; International Business; Operation Management; options (or a language for the ‘with European Study’ programme). Year 3 Advanced Management Accounting; Strategic Management; options.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 59

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond your main subject area if you are studying a Single Honours degree, dependent on timetable constraints, pre-requisites and programme structure.

 This programme provides you with a robust understanding of a broad range of business subjects as well as accounting

 Study modules in the areas of business; management; accounting; finance; law and economics

 Its multidisciplinary nature gives you

the opportunity to take a number of optional modules, including a final year business project designed to develop your research skills

 By the end of your studies, you will be

equipped with a portfolio of personal and transferrable skills that prepare you for a successful career in business, the public sector, accounting or finance

 Optional module choices can enable

exemptions from professional accountancy examinations

Study Abroad

All Accounting and Finance programmes can include a year of study in Europe or further afield. If you take this option, you will be awarded a degree ‘with European Study’ or ‘with International Study’. In your third year you will study, or combine study with a work placement. You then return to Exeter for the final year of your degree. You may apply for direct entry to the four-year programmes or apply to transfer at the end of the first year of a three-year programme. Full details can be found by following the link to Study Abroad at www.exeter.ac.uk/business-school/ undergraduate

Work placement opportunities

All Accounting and Finance students can include a one-year work placement in the third year and be awarded ‘with Industrial Experience’. You then return to Exeter for the final year of your degree. You may apply for direct entry to the four-year programmes or apply to transfer by the second term of your first year. www.exeter.ac.uk/business-school/ programmes/buildingbrilliantcareers

Careers

The Business School has a dedicated Careers Team whose focus is to work on promoting and enhancing your employability. A degree in accountancy will help you to develop a wide range of essential skills such as analytical, problem solving, teamwork, research and organising and communicating information. Several of our graduates in Accounting and Finance have won institute prizes for outstanding examination performance and go on to professional training, usually with large firms of chartered accountants. Others have trained in industry, commerce or the public sector and some are pursuing careers in financial services. Employers of graduates from our Accounting and Finance programmes include Accenture, Deloitte, Dyson, EY, KPMG, Phillips and PwC. Some of our graduates pursue their interest in their studies to a greater depth by taking a postgraduate degree, often at leading institutions around the world. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/accounting Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL/AS Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths.

23/01/2017 10:33

60 Anthropology

Anthropology 8th for Anthropology in The Complete University Guide 2017 93% satisfied with teaching quality in the National Student Survey 2016 BA/BSc pathways depending on your interests and career aspirations Exciting options including anthropology of music, media, addiction, visual anthropology and human/animal interactions DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Anthropology* BSc Single Honours Anthropology* BA Combined Honours Archaeology and Anthropology* Sociology and Anthropology* Programme information Email: ssis-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723192 You may also be interested in: Human Sciences (see page 114) Sociology (see page 156)

Anthropology is one of the most exciting, relevant and varied subjects you can take at university level. It covers the study of humankind and explores the rich diversity of human society and culture across the globe. We introduce you to the discipline through a broad range of case studies in different geographical and cultural settings: from kinship in a Malay fishing community, to witchcraft in post-apartheid South Africa, to ways of reading the landscape among the Apache of North America. You will also have the opportunity to trace the human story from pre-history onwards by combining social anthropology with the study of archaeology and physical anthropology. You’ll examine examples from across the globe at different points in history, and learn how human beings have adapted and formed societies, by looking at the material evidence people have left behind. Anthropology is taught in the Sociology, Philosophy and Anthropology department, and draws on expertise from other departments, in particular, Archaeology. The close relationship between these subjects is indicative of the interdisciplinary focus in which Anthropology can be studied either as a Single Honours programme, or in combination with other arts and social science subjects such as Sociology and Archaeology.

Programme details BA Anthropology L600 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L603 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Designed to tackle fundamental questions about society and culture in the past and present, and to explore the rich diversity of human life across the globe

 Learn about anthropological ideas

concerning, for example, ritual, kinship, witchcraft and ethnicity, but also how anthropologists have contributed to debates in important areas, such as health, science and technology, consumption and the environment

Year 1 Introduction to Social Anthropology; Imagining Social Worlds; Themes in World Archaeology; Essential Archaeological Methods; options.

‘exeter’ ‘anthropology’ Exeter campuses

Year 2 Ethnography Now; Current Debates; options. Year 3 Dissertation; options.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 60

23/01/2017 10:33

Anthropology 61

BSc Anthropology L601 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L602 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Specially designed to help you develop an

understanding of how people behave in social groups and how human societies have changed and adapted over time

 Acquire practical skills relating to the

excavation and study of human remains

 Develop logical and systematic methods of analysis to reveal patterns of social action

Year 1 Introduction to Social Anthropology; Themes in World Archaeology; Essential Archaeological Methods; Data Analysis in Social Science; Introduction to Social Data. Year 2 Ethnography Now; Current Debates; Forensic Anthropology; options. Year 3 Dissertation; options.

Combined Honours Degrees BA Archaeology and Anthropology

 Learn to understand and investigate diverse

phenomena such as witchcraft beliefs in the past and present, rituals around spectator sports, consumer behaviours and the social construction of scientific knowledge

Flexible Combined Honours Anthropology may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Study Abroad

The ‘with Study Abroad’ degrees give you an exciting opportunity to spend the third year of your degree in one of our partner universities abroad. You may apply directly for the four-year programme or transfer once you are at Exeter. Full details of our schemes and our partner institutions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/studyabroad

 Learn to collect, assess and present evidence and to work independently and in groups

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Develop your initiative and open-

 Gives you the opportunity to study the

considerable common ground between them

 Please see page 64 for details BA Sociology and Anthropology L3L6 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L3L7 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

learn to understand other people’s points of view, to communicate your own position clearly and to argue effectively

 Gain key interpersonal, analytical and

 Two closely linked subjects

International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international

Careers  Gain an excellent all-round education, and

VL46 3 yrs

with Study Abroad VL47 4 yrs

Entry requirements further information

research skills

mindedness, helping to ensure that you’ll be well-equipped with a range of academic, personal and professional skills, all of which will prepare you for future employment or research in a wide variety of fields

 Graduates go on to employment or

postgraduate study in people-focused fields in the public and not-for-profit sectors, such as central and local government and charities, careers in business, marketing and management

Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

 Fully explore how relevant the discipline is for the study of our globalised world

 You’ll be introduced to sociological and

anthropological ways of thinking from the classics in both disciplines to contemporary thinkers

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 61

23/01/2017 10:33

62 Arab and Islamic Studies

Arab and Islamic Studies 3rd in The Complete University Guide 20171 Intensive training in Arabic with high level of contact hours 2nd in the UK for world-leading research2 Work placement opportunities overseas to support your career development Sharjah Scholarships of up to £1,500 a year available to MArabic students

The Institute of Arab and Islamic Studies is one of Europe’s main centres for teaching and research in its field. We believe we offer the most rigorous and advanced Arabic training at undergraduate level of any UK university, and our exciting curriculum and international reputation means we welcome students and staff from across the globe. Our modules relate directly to our research interests, meaning you will be taught by experts and will be up-to-date with contemporary issues.

Programme details MArabic (Master of Arabic and Islamic Studies T605 4 yrs

DEGREES IN EXETER Undergraduate Masters MArabic (Master of Arabic and Islamic Studies) BA Single Honours Middle East Studies BA Combined Honours Modern Languages and Arabic Programme information Email: ssis-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723192

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32

 For students with no previous knowledge of Arabic. Students with proficiency in Arabic will be better suited to our BA Middle East Studies

 Four-year undergraduate Masters

programme, which includes two periods of study and work in the Middle East

 Achieve high levels of proficiency in

Arabic and gain a thorough understanding of the politics, society and culture of the Middle East

Year 1 Your first year involves an immersive introduction to the study of Arabic. This will include dialect training to prepare you for living and working overseas. You will also take modules on Islam and the history, society, politics and economics of the region. Year 2 Your second year will enable you to experience what it’s like to live and work in the Arab world. You will enhance your language training at a prestigious overseas institution and undertake a work placement. Financial, academic and pastoral support will be available to enable you to make the most of your time abroad. Year 3 You will receive enhanced language training and choose from modules on topics such as the effects of the Arab Spring, international relations of the Middle East, and love, sexuality and spirituality in Islam. 1 2

Middle Eastern and African Studies category Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4*. Arabic and Islamic Studies is returned to the Area Studies Unit of Assessment

‘exeter’ ‘arabic’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 62

Year 4 The first term will be spent in an Arabic speaking country enabling you to explore a particular career path through bespoke work experience and specialist language training. On return to Exeter, you will complete your dissertation and choose from a range of Masters modules, providing advanced study in specialisms of particular interest to you.

23/01/2017 10:33

Arab and Islamic Studies 63

Study and Work Abroad

BA Middle East Studies T604 3 yrs

AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30

 No language study required. Three-year degree programme

 Expertise of the Institute’s staff in social

sciences and modern history provides a balanced multidisciplinary study of the area

 Gain a thorough knowledge of the

dynamics of the contemporary Middle East including Middle Eastern ethnography, economy and economic development, gender and identity, politics, culture and arts, and religion and society

Year 1 Compulsory modules examine the history, politics, society and economics of the Middle East, as well as the basic principles of Islam. You will also choose from a list of optional modules. Year 2 You will continue your study of the history, politics, society and economics of the Middle East, as well as the philosophy, theology, practices, traditions, poetry and law of Islam. Year 3 The centre-point of the final year is the dissertation. This provides you with the opportunity to explore an area of interest and to demonstrate what you have learned over the previous years of your degree.

Combined Honours Degrees DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

BA Combined Honours

Modern Languages and Arabic

TYPICAL OFFER

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

RT60 4 yrs

Arabic may also be studied with a modern language (French, German, Italian, Russian or Spanish). No previous knowledge of Arabic is required. We offer four-year programmes which include a study year in an Arabic speaking country. The Arabic language component (during year two) is taught at a prestigious language centre alongside our MArabic students, but does not include a compulsory work placement. Work experience modules are available as options when studying in Exeter. For details of the second subject, please see the Modern Languages entry on page 132.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 63

If you choose our MArabic programme, you will spend the second year at a prestigious Arabic language centre. Immersed in the culture of an Arab country, you will supplement your language training through practical application. We have recently sent students to Amman, Jordan as well as Fez in Morocco, but opportunities may also be available in other locations. Destinations are carefully chosen depending on conditions in the region; the latest details can be found on our website. Many of our students take the opportunity to travel throughout the region once they complete their assessments. On return, you will have increased your fluency in the language and gained an invaluable cultural appreciation of the region. MArabic students benefit from a work placement in year two, designed to enhance language ability and gain the types of transferable skills sought by employers. In the final year of your degree you will have the opportunity to undertake a second work placement abroad, in order to develop language skills specific to your career path. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/arabislamic

Careers

Our degrees provide an appreciation and understanding of the culture, history and language of the Middle East, North Africa and the wider world of Islam. Opportunities to acquire valuable work experience in the UK or Middle East will help develop career aspirations and add value to your CV. You will develop analytical and research skills as well as an awareness of different interpretations of issues/ events and an appreciation of various opinions. You will also develop skills in organising your workload and meeting deadlines.

Entry requirements further information Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. Scholarship applicants for the MArabic will be invited for an interview. For full and upto-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

All these attributes are valued by employers from many different fields and can open up career paths in a wide variety of areas – from academic research and government work – to more commercially-based careers. Many students specialising in Arabic go on to work in the region or in fields such as interpreting and translation, journalism, business development and law. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/careers

23/01/2017 10:33

64 Archaeology

Archaeology Top 100 in QS World University Subject Rankings 2016 4th in The Complete University Guide 2017 6th in The Guardian 2017 Top 5 in the Russell Group for Graduate Prospects1 3rd in the UK for world-leading and internationally excellent research2 Opportunity to gain substantial practical and fieldwork experience DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Archaeology* BSc Single Honours Archaeology with Forensic Science* BA Combined Honours Archaeology and Anthropology* Ancient History and Archaeology* History and Archaeology* Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programmes with Study Abroad, with Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

Archaeology at Exeter is an exciting and varied subject combining fascinating academic study with practical hands-on experience. You can study a diverse range of topics from human evolution, or the emergence of classical civilisations, to the creation of today’s landscapes. Our approach to archaeology is vibrant and interdisciplinary, and we offer a fully integrated programme of Combined Honours degrees as well as Single Honours programmes. The department has a relaxed and friendly atmosphere and you will benefit from small-group teaching, excellent modern facilities and regular contact with staff. Our active research contributes to our international standing; we are ranked 3rd in the UK for world-leading or internationally excellent research (Research Excellence Framework 2014). You will benefit from a wide range of modules, allowing you to contribute and share in our enthusiasm for archaeology. It also gives you numerous opportunities to get personally involved in research and to experience the joys of archaeological discovery. We have research links and field projects in the UK and throughout Europe, as well as across the wider world, including Egypt, Kazakhstan, India, Sri Lanka, USA, Brazil, Argentina, Japan and China.

Programme details BA Archaeology V400 3 yrs

with Study Abroad V401 4 yrs

with Employment Experience V402 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad V403 4 yrs AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30

 Develop in-depth knowledge about a range of periods and places

 Learn important techniques and skills

archaeologists use to engage with the past

 Option of undertaking a professional placement abroad

based on Graduate Prospects score in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* or 3*

Year 1 Artefacts and Materials; Essential Archaeological Methods; Investigating British Archaeology; Practical Skills in Archaeology; Themes in World Archaeology. Options include: Ancient Civilisations: The Mediterranean and Near East; Archaeological and Forensic

‘exeter’ ‘archaeology’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 64

23/01/2017 10:33

Archaeology 65

Science Practicals; Introduction to Forensic Archaeology; Objects: Contexts and Display. Year 2 Archaeological Fieldwork Project or Archaeological Field School. Options may include: Forensic Anthropology; Reading Stone Tools; Zooarchaeology; and some others from Year 3. Year 3 Archaeological Dissertation. Options may include: Advanced Fieldwork Project; Archaeology and Social Anthropology; Archaeology of Empire 1: Egypt in the New Kingdom (Late Bronze Age) 16001050 BC; Archaeology of Empire: Egypt and Kush 1600-600BC; Brooches, Beads, Swords and Shields: Early Medieval Material Culture; Funerary Osteoarchaeology; HunterGatherers: Archaeology and Ethnography; Medieval Castles in Context; Professional Placement; South American Prehistory; The Archaeology of the Indian Subcontinent; The Prehistoric Archaeology of Southwest Britain; Understanding the Landscape of Roman Britain.

BSc Archaeology with Forensic Science F490 3 yrs

with Employment Experience F492 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad F493 4 yrs AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30

 Combine two exciting scientifically related disciplines

 Unique programme providing sound

knowledge of archaeological periods and the techniques of forensic archaeology and anthropology

 Develop skills in the identification of human skeletal remains

 Gain insight into forensic techniques used in criminal cases

 Professional placement Year 1 Archaeological and Forensic Science Practicals; Essential Archaeological Methods; Introduction to Forensic Archaeology; Practical Skills in Archaeology; Themes in World Archaeology. Options may include: Ancient

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 65

Civilisations: The Mediterranean and Near East; Artefacts and Materials; Investigating British Archaeology; Objects: Contexts and Display. Year 2 Archaeological Fieldwork Project or Archaeological Field School; Forensic Anthropology; Forensic Science. Options may include: Reading Stone Tools; Zooarchaeology; and some others from Year 3. Year 3 Archaeological Dissertation; Funerary Osteoarchaeology. Options may include: Advanced Fieldwork Project; Archaeology and Social Anthropology; Archaeology of Empire 1: Egypt in the New Kingdom (Late Bronze Age) 1600-1050BC; Archaeology of Empire: Egypt and Kush 1600-600BC; Brooches, Beads, Swords and Shields: Early Medieval Material Culture; Hunter-Gatherers: Archaeology and Ethnography; Medieval Castles in Context; Professional Placement; South American Prehistory; The Archaeology of the Indian Subcontinent; The Prehistoric Archaeology of Southwest Britain; Understanding the Landscape of Roman Britain.

Other Combined Honours Degrees DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

BA Combined Honours

Archaeology and Anthropology VL46 3 yrs with Study Abroad

TYPICAL OFFER

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

VL47 4 yrs

with Employment Experience VL48 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

VL49 4 yrs

Ancient History and Archaeology VVC4

3 yrs

with Study Abroad

See Classics and Ancient History

VV1K 4 yrs

with Employment Experience VV2K 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

VV3K 4 yrs

History and Archaeology

See History

VV16 3 yrs

Combined Honours Degrees

with Study Abroad

BA Archaeology and Anthropology

with Employment Experience VV18 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

VL46 3 yrs

IA84 4 yrs

VV19 4 yrs

with Study Abroad VL47 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Study the common ground between these

Flexible Combined Honours

 Explore people and society in the past

Archaeology may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

 Engage with archaeological and

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

closely linked subjects and present

ethnographic studies of cultures around the world

 Explore human evolution, art, gender, death and war

23/01/2017 10:33

66 Archaeology

Archaeology

CONTINUED

Study Abroad

Careers

We are ranked in the top 5 in the Russell Group for graduate prospects, and offer programmes that will develop your skills of analysis and interpretation alongside the ability to produce written and oral reports. The broad-based skills acquired during your degree will give you an excellent grounding for a wide variety of careers, not only those related to archaeology but also in fields ranging from education and media to business. You can boost your employability by taking up professional placement opportunities.* Our course is also an excellent preparation for postgraduate study which many of our students choose to pursue. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Field trips and fieldwork

No Archaeology degree is complete without field experience. You will have the opportunity to visit local museums, archives and archaeological sites. You will also undertake at least four weeks of excavation, fieldwork or related practical work, usually during your first

summer vacation. For further details, including current projects, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ humanities/archaeology/fieldwork

Facilities

We have outstanding facilities which include: experimental archaeology laboratories; a clean lab with fume cupboards; a landscape archaeology project office, complete with giant scanner for maps and plans; microscope room with high-spec microscopes and image processing facilities; a kiln room for ceramics for experimental purposes; wet labs for artefact and environmental sample processing; sets of high- and low-power teaching microscopes and state-of-the-art surveying equipment. We also have extensive reference collections of artefacts, human skeletons, animal bones and plant remains.

Entry requirements further information International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

* subject to change – you will be issued a free Archaeology Skills Passport from the beginning of your studies, allowing you to acquire a record of skills obtained during your degree, that will be recognised by the profession

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 66

23/01/2017 10:33

Leaving your home country can be a difficult decision, but for me it was really worth it. I didn’t come to any open days because I had my exams, so I first saw the campus when I moved in. Needless to say, I was very excited and nervous when I arrived. I remember the moment the taxi drove up the hill to campus and I could see how gorgeous it actually looked. Since it was my first time there, I was relieved to find so many student ambassadors and staff to help me out at every step. But that’s just the first day, I can’t put in a little paragraph how much support is provided, how many opportunities we get and how helpful places like the Compass are, somewhere where you can go with any problem at all. They helped me a lot during my first few weeks, with questions like ‘how do I open a bank account?’ It’s good to know that you’ll always have a place to go with questions. Diba Sharafi, second year BSc Zoology, from Frankfurt am Main, Germany

DAPHNE DU MAURIER, PENRYN CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 67

23/01/2017 10:34

68 Art History & Visual Culture

Art History & Visual Culture UK top 3 in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 and top 10 in The Guardian University Guide 2017 Wide variety of techniques and approaches to learning, including opportunities to study ‘in the field’ at galleries and museums Varied programme allowing the study of a range of fine arts and contemporary visual forms Internationally-recognised fine art, heritage and film collections on site Designed to develop a broad range of highly desirable transferable skills, alongside specialist knowledge and professional experience DEGREES IN EXETER

Your study will be enhanced by our wellestablished links with galleries and museums, both locally and nationally, including one of Britain’s largest public collections of books, prints, artefacts and ephemera relating to the history of cinema and visual media on campus in The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum.

Programme details BA Art History and Visual Culture VW31 3 yrs

BA Combined Honours Art History & Visual Culture and Classical Studies* Art History & Visual Culture and Drama* Art History & Visual Culture and English* Art History & Visual Culture and History* Art History & Visual Culture and Modern Languages

with Employment Experience VW33 4 yrs

* 4-year programmes with Study Abroad, with Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes further programme and module details.

Exeter campuses

You will gain a thorough understanding of the principles underpinning the history of art and visual culture, with an awareness of the ways in which painting, sculpture and architecture, photography and other modern visual media can be considered in relation to their cultural and historical contexts. You will also develop the critical and analytical skills and techniques required to analyse visual works, using artefacts and first-hand source material to inform your studies.

BA Single Honours Art History & Visual Culture*

Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202

‘exeter’ ‘visual’

Art History & Visual Culture at the University of Exeter is an exciting area of study which explores both the history of art and more recent ideas of the visual – extending the analysis of visual forms from the historical right through to areas of modern and contemporary practices.

with Study Abroad VW32 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad VW34 4 yrs AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Programme spread over traditional fine art and contemporary visual forms

 Flexible structure, allowing you to study

across painting, sculpture, illustration, architecture, film, video, performance and digital art

 Learn to interpret visual images to enable your understanding of societies

Year 1 Introduction to the History of Art; Inside the Museum; Introducing Visual Culture; and Visual Media. Options: Modernism in Central Europe or choose from a range of modules offered within the College of Humanities, according to your particular interests. For example, you might want to explore new French cinema, or deepen your understanding of arts criticism. Year 2 Debates and Contestations in Art History; Contemporary Visual Practices; and

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 68

23/01/2017 10:34

Art History & Visual Culture 69

Art History and Visual Culture Field Study. Options can include: The New York AvantGarde 1955-1980 or Ideal Cities: Urban Cultures of Renaissance Italy. Year 3 Dissertation. Options can include: Queer Visual Practices; The Face; Performance Art; Victorian Visions: Art, Industry and the Modern.

Combined Honours Degrees Art History & Visual Culture can also be studied with Classical Studies, Drama, English, History or Modern Languages (Chinese [Mandarin], French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). For details of these programmes please see the relevant subject entry. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

BA Combined Honours

Art History & Visual Culture and Classical Studies QV83 3 yrs with Study Abroad

TYPICAL OFFER

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

QV84 4 yrs

with Employment Experience QV81 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad QV82 4 yrs

Art History & Visual Culture and Drama

See Drama

with Study Abroad WW24 4 yrs

with Employment Experience WW22 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad WW23 4 yrs

QV33 3 yrs

with Study Abroad QV34 4 yrs

with Employment Experience QV32 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

GCE AL English LiteratureÌ grade A; IB EnglishÌ HL6

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

Art History & Visual Culture and History

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

VV31 3 yrs

with Employment with Study Abroad VV32 4 yrs

Experience VV33 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad VV34 4 yrs

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 69

Art History & Visual Culture may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

Spending up to a year on a graduate-level work placement or placements as part of your degree unlocks a world of experience and opportunity. You will take full responsibility for finding and organising your placement (either in the UK or abroad), with preparation, support and approval from the University. This is a great way to demonstrate to employers your adaptability, cultural awareness, independence and resourcefulness.

Study Abroad

Studying for your degree at Exeter offers you the exciting possibility of spending up to a year abroad. You could learn a new language and experience different cultures, become more selfconfident and widen your circle of friends. You could also get the chance to specialise in areas that are not available at Exeter, and when it comes to a career, your skills and knowledge of another country will prove invaluable to many employers. For more information, please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/studyabroad It’s important for you to gain first-hand exposure to works of art and other visual artefacts. You will benefit from engaging with the museums and galleries in the region, in addition to field trips to collections in London and elsewhere. In the second year there is an intensive study trip abroad to immerse our students in the art, architecture, and visual culture of a specific location in Europe. You will also have the opportunity to develop expertise in curation through placements with The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum, the Royal Albert Memorial Museum and other local galleries.

tandem with the wider arts community in the South West and beyond. The Art History & Visual Culture programme also prepares its graduates to undertake postgraduate study or training in areas such as education, arts management and journalism, amongst others. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer either GCE AL English Literature or English and Literature. Candidates taking the IB should offer English syllabus A.

Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information about additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/arthistory International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Careers

QV35 4 yrs

Art History & Visual Culture and Modern Languages VR39 4 yrs

Field trips

WW42 3 yrs

Art History & Visual Culture and English

Flexible Combined Honours

See Modern Languages

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

Studying Art History & Visual Culture equips students with a broad range of highly desirable transferable skills in analysis, critique, research and theoretical and practical creativity. These will prepare you to enter a wide variety of professions. You will also develop specialist knowledge of everything from traditional art forms such as architecture and sculpture, to today’s visual practices such as film, video, performance and digital art. You will benefit from productive engagement with collections, institutions and art groups in the area, in

23/01/2017 10:34

70 Biosciences

Biosciences Top 10 in the UK for Biosciences in The Guardian University Guide 2017, 9th for Biological Studies in The Complete University Guide 2016, and Top 10 in the UK for worldleading and internationally excellent research 1 Degrees available on topics covering the entire spectrum of biology, from molecules and microorganisms to whole organisms and ecosystems Opportunities to study abroad, and undertake field study in the UK and overseas Professional placement opportunities DEGREES IN CORNWALL MSci/BSc Single Honours* Animal Behaviour Animal Behaviour with Study Abroad† Animal Behaviour with Professional Placement† Conservation Biology and Ecology Conservation Biology and Ecology with Study Abroad† Conservation Biology and Ecology with Professional Placement† Evolutionary Biology Evolutionary Biology with Study Abroad† Evolutionary Biology with Professional Placement† Marine Biology Marine Biology with Study Abroad† Marine Biology with Professional Placement† Zoology Zoology with Study Abroad† Zoology with Professional Placement† Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 * All of our Biosciences programmes are available for part-time study; for further information, see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/biosciences †

nly BSc programmes available ‘with Study Abroad’ O or ‘with Professional Placement’

Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*

‘exeter’ ‘biosciences’ Exeter campuses

DEGREES IN EXETER BSc Single Honours* Biological Sciences Biological Sciences with Study Abroad† Biological Sciences with Professional Placement† Biochemistry Biochemistry with Study Abroad† Biochemistry with Industrial Experience† Biological and Medicinal Chemistry Biological and Medicinal Chemistry with Study Abroad† Biological and Medicinal Chemistry with Industrial Experience† Programme information Email: cles-externalrelations@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725818 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Environmental Science (see page 98) Human Biosciences (see page 161) Human Sciences (see page 114) Medical Sciences (see page 126) Natural Sciences (see page 136)

Biosciences at the University of Exeter is a world-class centre for the teaching and research of biological sciences. You will be taught by academics who are international research leaders in subjects throughout the spectrum of biology, from the smallest building blocks of life to entire ecosystems. The interdisciplinary nature of all our degree programmes allows you to study a broad spectrum of interests while continuing to specialise in your chosen field. In each year of your degree, you will have many opportunities to experience handson learning, which, combined with the interdisciplinary nature of our programmes, will give you the skills required for a career in research or industry.

Penryn Campus

Some of the world’s foremost biologists working in evolution, behaviour, ecology, marine systems and conservation teach our degrees at the Penryn Campus. Based within the Centre for Ecology and Conservation, our research-active staff, cover a range of specialisms – behaviour, ecology and conservation, and evolution. You will benefit from world-class teaching and cutting-edge research designed to address the very latest factors influencing biodiversity and complexity in the natural world. You will also have full use of extensive laboratory space, complete with the latest technology including imaging software.

Programme details MSci/BSc Animal Behaviour

MSci D393 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 BSc D391 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

BSc with Study Abroad D392 4 yrs | BSc with Professional Placement D394 4 yrs | AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Study all aspects of behaviour in wild, domestic and captive animals

 Understand the ‘how’ and ‘why’ of

natural behaviour: how current and past environments and ecology influence behaviour, how behaviour is shaped by underlying gene-environment interactions, and why we see variations among individuals, species and species groups

 The programmes highlight the value of

studying animals in their natural habitats

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 70

23/01/2017 10:34

Biosciences 71

 You will be exposed to a wide range of theoretical and practical techniques

Year 1 Genetics; Key Skills in Biological Sciences; Field and Laboratory Techniques; Physiology; Introduction to Human Sciences; Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology; Introduction to Invertebrate Zoology; Introduction to Evolution and Behavioural Ecology. Year 2 Analysis of Biological Data; Development of Behaviour; Behavioural Ecology; Critical Thinking and Scientific Reasoning; Population and Community Ecology; Field Course (Pembrokeshire, Scillies, Iceland, Scotland, Cyprus or Grand Challenges*); plus optional modules. Year 3 Research Project; Preparing to Graduate; Field Course (Costa Rica, Bahamas, Borneo, Galapagos, Tenerife or South Africa*); optional modules including: Animal Life Histories; Ecology and Evolution of Disease; Reproductive Biology; Living in Groups.

Population and Community Ecology; Analysis of Biological Data; Applied Insect Ecology; Field Course (Pembrokeshire, Scillies, Iceland, Scotland, Cyprus or Grand Challenges*); plus optional modules. Year 3 Research Project; Preparing to Graduate; Field Course (Costa Rica, the Bahamas, Borneo, Galapagos, Tenerife or South Africa*); optional modules including: Trends in Ecology and Evolution; Marine Vertebrate Conservation; Ecological Responses to Climate Change; Mating Systems Biology. Year 4 (MSci only) Two projects focused on a specialised area aligned with one of our leading research groups, one of which will be in partnership with an external organisation; a two-week intensive field course.

MSci/BSc Evolutionary Biology

MSci C184 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 BSc C182 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Evolutionary Biology is a fast growing area

MSci/BSc Conservation Biology and Ecology

 You’ll have access to state-of-the-art

BSc C190 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

BSc with Study Abroad C150 4 yrs | BSc with Professional Placement C152 4 yrs | AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Experience extensive direct fieldwork in locations from Cornwall to Africa*

 The programmes provide the knowledge and skills that are essential for working conservationists and ecologists

 You will learn about the science behind

modern conservation and gain the skills essential for a career in ecology, including wildlife identification and data handling

Year 1 Introduction to Ecology and Conservation; Key Skills in Biological Sciences; Introduction to Invertebrate Zoology; Field and Laboratory Techniques; Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology; Introduction to Evolution and Behavioural Ecology; Genetics; Physiology. Year 2 Biodiversity and Conservation; Critical Thinking and Scientific Reasoning;

MSci/BSc Marine Biology

MSci CF16 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 BSc CF17 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

BSc with Study Abroad CF19 4 yrs | with Professional Placement CF20 4 yrs | AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Gain an understanding of the biology of

Year 4 (MSci only) Two projects focused on a specialised area aligned with one of our leading research groups, one of which may be in partnership with an external organisation; a two-week intensive field course.

MSci C151 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34

Year 4 (MSci only) Two projects focused on a specialised area aligned with one of our leading research groups, one of which will be in partnership with an external organisation; a two-week intensive field course.

BSc with Study Abroad C183 4 yrs | with Professional Placement C186 4 yrs | AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

of study, utilising ever-more sophisticated technology to unravel the history of life on earth facilities to develop advanced knowledge of the impact of genes and evolutionary processes on individuals, communities, landscapes, and entire ecosystems

Year 1 Genetics; Key Skills in Biological Sciences; Introduction to Invertebrate Zoology; Field and Laboratory Techniques; Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology; Introduction to Evolution and Behavioural Ecology; Physiology; optional modules. Year 2 Analysis of Biological Data; Evolutionary Ecology; Evolutionary Conservation Genetics; Critical Thinking and Scientific Reasoning; Wildlife Disease; Field Course (Pembrokeshire, Scillies, Iceland, Scotland, Cyprus or Grand Challenges*); plus optional modules. Year 3 Research Project; Preparing to Graduate; Field Course (Costa Rica, Bahamas, Borneo, Tenerife or South Africa*); optional modules including: Science in Society; The Behavioural Ecology of Information Use; Coevolutionary Interactions.

marine organisms and their ecosystems with particular emphasis on large marine vertebrates, including fish (bony fish and sharks), marine turtles, seabirds, and cetaceans

 These programmes provide the skills,

concepts, and experience to understand all aspects of marine ecosystems and the pressures they face, ranging from overexploitation to climate change

 Our interdisciplinary approach to the study of marine ecosystems, from rocky shores to open oceans and from shallow surface seas to deep-water habitats, allows you to learn about a wide range of theoretical and practical techniques

Year 1 Introduction to Marine Biology; Introduction to Evolution and Behavioural Ecology; Genetics; Key Skills in Biological Sciences; Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology; Introduction to Invertebrate Zoology; Physiology; Field and Laboratory Techniques. Year 2 Biology of Aquatic Vertebrates; Marine Ecology; Exploitation of the Sea; Critical Thinking and Scientific Reasoning; Analysis of Biological Data; Field Course (Pembrokeshire, Scillies, Iceland, Scotland, Cyprus or Grand Challenges*); plus optional modules. Year 3 Research Project; Preparing to Graduate; Field Course (Costa Rica, Bahamas, Borneo, Tenerife or South Africa*); optional modules including: Marine Ornithology; Symbiosis in Marine Systems; Marine Vertebrate Conservation. Year 4 (MSci only) Two projects focused on a specialised area aligned with one of our leading research groups, one of which will be in partnership with an external organisation; a two-week intensive field course.

* field course destinations are subject to change

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 71

23/01/2017 10:34

72 Biosciences

Biosciences MSci/BSc Zoology

CONTINUED

MSci C302 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 BSc C300 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

BSc with Study Abroad C301 4 yrs | with Professional Placement C304 4 yrs | AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 You will gain expertise in animal behaviour, ecology and conservation

 Focus on an understanding of whole-animal biology, ecology, and behaviour, and the evolution of animal life histories

 You will be exposed to a wide range of practical and theoretical techniques

Year 1 Key Skills in Biological Sciences; Introduction to Invertebrate Zoology; Field and Laboratory Techniques; Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology; Introduction to Evolution and Behavioural Ecology; Introduction to Ecology and Conservation; Genetics; Physiology; plus optional modules. Year 2 Analysis of Biological Data; Critical Thinking and Scientific Reasoning; Animal Ecophysiology; The Biology of Mammals; Biology of Aquatic Vertebrates; Field Course (Pembrokeshire, Scillies, Iceland, Scotland, Cyprus or Grand Challenges*); plus optional modules. Year 3 Research Project; Preparing to Graduate; Field Course (Costa Rica, the Bahamas, Borneo, Tenerife, Galapagos, or South Africa*); optional modules including: Nature Via Nurture; Mating Systems Biology; Human Behavioural Ecology; Marine Vertebrate Conservation. Year 4 (MSci only) Two projects focused on a specialised area aligned with one of our leading research groups, one of which will be in partnership with an external organisation; a two-week intensive field course.

Learning and teaching

At our Penryn Campus, you will be welcomed into an interactive and dynamic environment and learn in a variety of settings, including lectures, seminars, tutorials and laboratory sessions. During lab sessions, you will be able to utilise our impressive array of interactive technology. Field work is also central to all of our programmes, ranging from one-day field trips in Cornwall to a two-week field course in international destinations such as Tenerife, South Africa, Borneo, the Galapagos, Costa Rica, Yukon, and the Bahamas.*

As part of a research-led department you will discuss the latest ideas in our interactive seminars and tutorials and, in your final year, you will become an active member of the research team through conducting an independent research project. We have close links with a wide range of conservation and environmental organisations in the UK and overseas with whom there may be the opportunity to collaborate during vacations and a work placement module.

Streatham Campus

Work with world-leading academics in the fields of ecotoxicology, plant pathology, whole-organism biology, biochemistry, and molecular biology with an emphasis on the molecular level of understanding. We deliver high quality teaching in a truly interdisciplinary environment, allowing you to fully explore your interests across a range of areas. You can tailor your degree with a stated specialism in the title or choose a degree programme with a more molecular theme such as Biochemistry or Biological and Medicinal Chemistry. All of our core programmes also have four-year versions with the chance to undertake a year’s placement in business or industry or studying abroad in one of our partner universities around the world.

BSc Biological Sciences C100 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

with Study Abroad C000 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 36-34 with Professional Placement C101 4 yrs | A*AA-AA* | IB: 36-34

All require two science subjects at AL grade B

IB HL5  or Our most popular and flexible programme

 Tailor your programme to your interests,

potentially culminating in a named specialism. These include Animal Biology, Microbiology and Infectious Disease, and Molecular and Cellular Biology

 Optional residential field courses are held in the UK and abroad

 The four-year versions include either a

year working in an appropriate business or industry with services in biological research, analysis or consultancy; or a year of study in one of our global partner institutions, where you can enrol on modules not available in Exeter, such as palaeontology or Australian Evolution

Year 1 Animals; Biochemistry; Cells; Fundamental Principles for Bioscientists; Genetics; Ecology; Microbiology; Plants. Year 2 Research Skills and Bioethics; options from a wide choice spanning the range of biology, including field courses in the UK and abroad and subjects including medical and general microbiology, forensic science, human and molecular biology. Final Year Biosciences Research Project plus optional modules in areas of research strength of our academics such as: Animal Developmental Biology; Current Issues in Marine Biology; Ecology of Environmental Change; Mammalian Biology; Cell Biology of Disease; Bioinformatics; Ecotoxicology; Frontiers in Molecular Biology; Molecular Basis of Infection; Mammalian Biology; Living in a Microbial World.

BSc Biochemistry C724 3 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

with Study Abroad C732 4 yrs | with Industrial Experience C737 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 All require GCE AL Chemistry grade B or IB Chemistry HL5 plus another science subject

 Focuses on understanding biological systems at a cellular and biochemical level

 This programme emphasises cellular

biochemistry, providing specialist modules covering key topics aimed at understanding why the cell is the functional unit of life

 Four-year versions include either a year

working on a research project in industry or studying at a partner institution overseas

Year 1 Structure and Reactivity of Organic Compounds 1; Biochemistry; Fundamental Principles for Bioscientists; Genetics; Microbiology; Cells; Integrated Practical Chemistry; plus optional modules. Year 2 Advanced Cell Biology; Metabolism; Research Skills and Bioethics; Structure and Reactivity of Organic Compounds 2; Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry; plus optional modules. Final Year Biosciences Research Project; Horizons of Biochemical Research; Energy Metabolism; optional modules including: Specialist Topics in Chemical Sciences; Molecular Basis of Infection; Secondary Metabolites; Science Communication.

* field course destinations are subject to change

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 72

23/01/2017 10:34

Biosciences 73

Learning and teaching

BSc Biological and Medicinal Chemistry This interdisciplinary degree provides

training in both biological sciences and chemistry shows how CF71 3 yrs |and AAB-ABB | IB: these 34-32 areas relate to aspects of medicine and drug design with Study Abroad CF7C 4 yrs | with Industrial

Experience FC17 4 yrs | A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 All require GCE AL Chemistry grade B or IB Chemistry HL5 plus another science subject

 Further specialisation in chemistry, forensic science, cell biology, molecular biology and genomics, and biotechnology

 Four-year versions include either a year

working on a research project in industry or studying at a partner institution overseas

Year 1 Structure and Reactivity of Organic Compounds 1; Biochemistry; Fundamental Principles for Bioscientists; Integrated Practical Chemistry; Genetics; Microbiology; Cells; Fundamental Inorganic and Physical Chemistry. Year 2 Metabolism; Research Skills and Bioethics; Structure and Reactivity of Organic Compounds 2; Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry; Bioinorganic Chemistry; plus optional modules. Final Year Biosciences Research Project; Organic Synthesis and Drug Design; Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry; Secondary Metabolites; plus optional modules.

Flexible Combined Honours

Biological Sciences: Molecular and Cellular Biology, Biochemistry and Chemistry may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 73

You’ll experience a combination of lectures, tutorials, seminars, fieldwork, laboratory sessions and independent study. Over the course of your degree, you will participate in a mix of larger lectures to smaller, focused sessions based around the latest research topics. In the teaching laboratory you will develop the necessary skills to become a professional biologist; you will then put these to use while undertaking your independent research project. We encourage students to publish their results in the scientific literature and make a real contribution to the fields of Biosciences. Our academics have close links with a wide range of industrial, medical, and conservation organisations, with whom there may be the opportunity to collaborate. Many of our students work with these organisations during their vacations and others build experience through one of our four-year programmes with industrial experience.

Study Abroad

All of our three-year Single Honours degrees have a four-year variant that includes a year of study in one of our partner institutions in Europe, North America and the Asian-Pacific rim. You will have the opportunity to study unique modules such as Coral Reef Ecology on the Great Barrier Reef or Shark Biology benefiting from the local research expertise.

Careers

A degree in Biosciences will help you to develop a wide range of key skills for employment and further study. These include analytical problem solving, teamwork, and organising and communicating information. Our graduates are employed in a wide variety of roles both in the UK and overseas, including positions based in laboratories, the pharmaceutical industry, conservation management, ecology, medicine and nursing, and veterinary science. Others use the skills gained during their studies to enter widely different career paths in law, business, or management. Many of our graduates continue their interest in the subject by following a postgraduate degree and research in their chosen area.

Entry requirements further information Biosciences Cornwall Unless otherwise stated, all programmes require GCE AL grade B or IB HL5 in one of the following subjects: Biology/Human Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Psychology, Maths/ Pure Maths/Further Maths. GCSE Maths at grade B. Biosciences Exeter Unless otherwise stated, all programmes require GCE AL Biology grade B or IB Biology HL5, GCSE Maths at grade B and either GCSE Double Award Science or GCSE Chemistry at grade C, in addition to any requirements listed below. GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Math▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

23/01/2017 10:34

74 Business and Management

Business and Management 8th for Business and Management Studies in The Complete University Guide 2017 13th for Business Studies in The Times and The Sunday Times University Guide 2017 1st in the UK for graduate employability in Business and Management (DLHE survey 2015) EQUIS accredited Study or work abroad or gain industrial experience DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Business and Management* Business and Management (Dual Degree)^ Management with Marketing* Programme information Email: business-school-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723200 * 4-year programmes with European or International Study, or with Industrial Experience available ^ Entry via transfer from the BA Business Management programme 4-year programme with European or International Study available

†

DEGREES IN CORNWALL BSc Single Honours Business† Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 A Business School brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Accounting and Finance (see page 58) Economics (see page 86) Mathematics (see page 120)

Our Management degrees focus on the academic assessment of organisations and the associated business environment. We draw upon disciplines from across the social sciences, and give emphasis to the dynamic nature of enterprise, global connectivity, and the management and leadership challenges ahead. The defining characteristics of our programmes are twofold. We ensure there is significant flexibility within our programmes, with a huge range of elective subjects (options) available, especially in the second and third year. Students are therefore able to pursue their own interests, thereby shaping the character of their programme towards, for example, marketing, international business, leadership, tourism or a language. There is no requirement for you to have studied business before coming to us, as we will not assume any prior knowledge of the subject.

Streatham Campus

Our Business and Management degree programmes provide a stimulating introduction to the range of academic studies that inform management. You will have the opportunity to tailor your degree according to your current and emerging interests, with an extensive range of module options, currently including Digital Marketing, Business of Climate Change, Business Ethics, Cooperative Enterprise, Tourism Management, and Entrepreneurship. Academics throughout the department work at the forefront of developments in their field and engage in teaching, research and consulting across a broad range of management disciplines. You will also have access to first-class facilities for research, teaching, learning and social interaction in the Business School’s three main buildings on Streatham Campus: Streatham Court; Building:One; and the Xfi Building.

Programme details BA Business and Management N202 3 yrs

with European Study N203 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience NN12 4 yrs with International Study NN1E 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCSE Maths minimum grade B or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language minimum grade B

 Will equip you for management in industry,

‘exeter’ ‘business management’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 74

commerce, or the public sector

 Understand the relationship between

management theory and functional business

23/01/2017 10:34

Business and Management 75

 Gain detailed knowledge of business structures and environments

 Will give you the skills and knowledge

needed for a career in the administrative and managerial sectors

Year 1 Introduction to Accounting; Business and Society; Economics for Management; Fundamentals of Marketing; Statistics for Business and Management; Theory and Practice of Management; options. Year 2 Consumer Behaviour; Human Resource Management; Managerial Accounting; Operations Management; Organisational Behaviour; options. Year 3 Finance for Managers; Strategic Management; options.

BA Business and Management (Dual Degree) N202 3 yrs

with European Study N203 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience NN12 4 yrs with International Study NN1E 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCSE Maths minimum grade B or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language minimum grade B

 Unique 4-year course: Exeter for semesters

1-4, internship or study abroad for semester 5, semesters 6-8 at EBS Business School in Germany▲

 Study at two leading business schools with

high international employer recognition and accreditation by EQUIS

 Leads to two Bachelor degrees: BA Hons Business and Management (Dual Degree) from the University of Exeter and Bachelor in General Management (International Business Studies) from EBS Universität für Wirtschaft und Recht

 Gain a detailed understanding of the

Year 1 (Semester 1 and 2) Introduction to Accounting; Business and Society; Economics for Management; Fundamentals of Marketing; Statistics for Business and Management; Theory and Practice of Management; optionsu. Year 2 (Semester 3 and 4) Consumer Behaviour; Human Resource Management; Managerial Accounting; Operations Management; Organisational Behaviour; optionsu. Year 3 (Semester 5) Six month internship supported by University of Exeter Career Zone and EBS, or study at a choice of other European partner universities (subject to availability and compatibility). Year 3 (Semester 6) 4th semester of BSc General Management (International Business Studies) programme at EBS taught in English, including Business German. Modules include Managing Strategy, Marketing, Accounting and Control, Economics, Human Resources and Leadership, and modules dedicated to personal development. Year 4 (Semester 7 and 8) BSc General Management (IBS), 7th and 8th semesters at EBS taught in English, including Business German and bachelor thesis. Modules include: Economics; Managing People; Scientific Methods; Studium Universale plus Personal Mastery (modules dedicated to personal development); Socio-Cultural Impact; Business German; Bachelor thesis; options.

BA Management with Marketing N2N5 3 yrs

with European Study N2NM 4 yrs

Year 1 Accounting I; Economics for Management; Fundamentals of Marketing; Theory and Practice of Management; options. Year 2 Consumer Behaviour; Human Resource Management; Marketing and Society; Organisational Behaviour; Consumer Research; options. Year 3 Marketing Management and Strategy; Strategic Management; options.

Penryn Campus

Sustainability and social responsibility have moved from the margins to centre stage for the majority of businesses. Why? Because in a transparent, digital economy, brand reputation is an organisation’s most important asset. Leading companies, large and small, know that their reputation now depends on positioning themselves at the forefront of developing, implementing and communicating innovative strategies in sustainability and social responsibility. This changing business world maps onto the expertise of three of our Penryn-based research centres enabling us to broaden our business curriculum in Cornwall: The Centre for Ecology and Conservation is addressing the factors that challenge biodiversity in the natural world; the University’s European Centre for Environment and Human Health works with business on responsible business practice, resilience and productivity in the workplace; and the Environment and Sustainability Institute leads cutting-edge interdisciplinary research into solutions to problems of environmental change.

BSc Business

with Industrial Experience N2NN 4 yrs

Business N110 3 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCSE Maths minimum grade B or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language minimum grade B

with International Study N112 4 yrs

with International Study N2NA 4 yrs

 Understand the principles and theory of good marketing practice

with European Study N111 4 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCSE grade B in Maths or GCSE grade B in an equivalent subject❖, or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ or equivalent subject❖; GCSE English Language minimum grade B

functional areas of business and the relationship of management theories and practice

 Delivered with a strong emphasis on

 Career focused course with an ethos of

 Study accounting, economics, marketing,

 Learn about the role of markets and

 Address the challenges in growing

human resource management, finance plus modules incorporating philosophical and ethical issues

 Develop a level of German language

proficiency and undertake an internship

understanding consumer behaviour marketing in today’s society

 Management component includes study

of organisations and how they effectively integrate marketing in order to create successful business strategy

ethics and sustainability

businesses in the current climate changing era

 Complete work placements in business

and a consultancy project responding to a real world problem

Ì and ❖ see Entry requirements further information box overleaf ▲ u

entry is conditional on students achieving a Year 1 average of at least 60 per cent normally at least 30 credits of German language must be taken throughout Year 1 and 2

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 75

23/01/2017 10:34

76 Business and Management

Business and Management  Prepare for career sectors including:

e-commerce, marketing, manufacturing and/or wholesale, management relations, environmental consultancy or social enterprise

Year 1 Accounting; Business and Society; Business Practice and Analysis; Economics for Managers; Marketing in a Digital Age; Operations Management: A Sustainable Perspective; Workplace Wellbeing; Theory and Practice of Management. Option modules include: The Politics of Climate Change and Energy; Biodiversity and Conservation; Nature and Culture; Social Enterprise Management; Rural Social Issues; Human Behavioural Ecology; Global Issues in Environmental Science; Resistance and Transformation: Struggles in Global Politics. Year 2 Business Practice (Placement/Work Experience Project); Finance for Business; Project Management; Research for Inquiry; Strategic Concepts for Business; Sustainable Enterprise Economy; Legal Foundations for Business; options. In Years 2 and 3 you will choose two optional modules from the following list: Issues in Climate Change; Climate Change and Society; Ecology of Environmental Change; Small Business Management; Energy Policies for a Low Carbon Economy; Crisis: Change and Creativity in Organisations; Waste and Society; Advanced Studies in Human Sciences. Year 3 Future-facing Dissertation/Project; Globalisation and Internationalisation; Local-Global Innovation (Cornwall Research Seminar Series); Practice-based Consultancy Management; Social and Technological Innovation; options.

Module choice

Optional modules are available from other departments to enable you to tailor your degree to your own interests by adding a theme to your studies. For example, modules are available in energy, entrepreneurship, geography, law, maths, etc.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 76

CONTINUED

Study Abroad

Business and Management programmes can include a year of study in Europe or further afield including Australia, Canada, China, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand and the USA, and be awarded ‘with European Study’ or ‘with International Study’. In your third year you will study, or combine study with a work placement. You then return to Exeter for the final year of your degree. You may apply for direct entry to a four-year programme or apply to transfer at the end of the first year of a three-year programme. Full details can be found by following the link to Study Abroad at www.exeter.ac.uk/businessschool/undergraduate

Work placement opportunities

Students studying Exeter-based programmes can include a one-year work placement in the third year and be awarded ‘with Industrial Experience’. You then return to Exeter for the final year of your degree. You may apply for direct entry to the four-year programmes or apply to transfer by the second term of your first year. Students on the BSc Business at Penryn benefit from work placements with local and regional companies throughout their study, as well as a dedicated Employability Advisor.

Entry requirements further information Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCSE grade B or GCE AL/AS in: Accounting; Business Studies; Chemistry; Engineering; Physics; Science or Statistics in lieu of GCSE grade B or GCE AL/AS in Maths.

❖

✚ Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL/AS Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths.

Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/degrees/business International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Careers

The Business School has a dedicated Careers Team, whose focus from day one of your first year is to work on promoting and enhancing your employability. A degree in a business-related subject will help you to develop a wide range of essential skills such as analytical problem solving, teamworking, research, and organising and communicating information. Our management programme graduates are highly valued by employers with many embarking on careers in general management, marketing and human resources and in sectors such as banking and finance, telecommunications, utilities, health service, law retail, public sector and tourism to name just a few fields. Some of our graduates pursue their interest in their studies to a greater depth by taking a postgraduate degree, often at leading institutions around the world. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

23/01/2017 10:34

Business and Management 77

Holi The Hindu Festival of Colours is celebrated by Indians all over the world each spring, and the celebrations on Streatham Campus are spectacular. Holi is one of the most important festivals of the year for Hindus and signifies the end of winter and start of spring.

STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 77

23/01/2017 10:34

78 Classics and Ancient History

Classics and Ancient History Ranked top 10 in all major UK university league tables for the subject, 5th in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017, 5th in The Complete University Guide 2017, 9th in The Guardian University Guide 2017 Top 10 in the UK for Graduate Prospects1 6th in the UK for research power in Classics2 No previous study of Latin or Greek needed for Classical Studies or Ancient History DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Ancient History* Classical Studies* Classics* BA Combined Honours Ancient History and Archaeology* Art History & Visual Culture and Classical Studies* Classical Studies and English*, Modern Languages, Philosophy* or Theology* Modern Languages and Latin History and Ancient History* Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programmes with Study Abroad, with Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

Classics and Ancient History is the branch of the Humanities concerned with the study of the languages, literature, history, material culture and philosophy of the ancient Mediterranean world, with a particular focus on Ancient Greece and Ancient Rome. You will explore two cultures which, though remote from us in time, are the cornerstones of Western civilisation. Studying Classics and Ancient History gives you the opportunity to explore the historic background which underpins our understanding of the world, its challenges and opportunities. At Exeter you will engage with some of the most exciting and innovative ideas and approaches that shape the subject today. We offer in-depth study through the close analysis of a vast array of sources, and all Single Honours degree programmes involve the study of an ancient language for at least one year. We have an excellent reputation for both teaching and research. You will join a friendly department with a flourishing student Classics Society and a lively social and academic programme.

Programme details BA Ancient History V110 3 yrs

with Study Abroad V112 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Year V113 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad Year V114 4 yrs AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32

 Develop an in-depth, wide-ranging

understanding of the history, societies and political ideas of the ancient Greeks and Romans

 Study key texts in translation  Learn a classical language in detail for at least one year

Years 1 and 2 Roman History: Problems and Sources; Greek History: Problems and Sources; plus optional modules, including Classical Language and Texts.

based on Graduate Prospects score in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 Times Higher Education research power rating based on the Research Excellence Framework 2014

‘exeter’ ‘classics’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 78

23/01/2017 10:34

Classics and Ancient History 79

Year 3 Options include: Dissertation; The Age of Cicero; The Crisis of the Athenian Polis; Living in the Roman World: Society and Culture; The Impact of Greek Culture; The World of Late Antiquity; Britain in the Roman World; Art and Visual Culture in the Roman World; Ancient Medicine; Food in Antiquity.

BA Classics Q800 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Q803 4 yrs

Years 1 and 2 Greek and Roman Narrative; Greek and Roman Drama; plus optional modules, including Classical Language and Texts. Year 3 Options include: Dissertation; The Age of Cicero; The Crisis of the Athenian Polis; Living in the Roman World: Society and Culture; The World of Late Antiquity; Art and Visual Culture in the Roman World; The Reception of Greek Culture; Magic, Witchcraft and Ghosts in the Ancient World; Being and Not-being in Greek Philosophy.

DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BA Combined Honours

Classical Studies and Modern Languages QR05 4 yrs

 Acquire skills that are transferable to many employment situations

Years 1 and 2 Classical Language and Texts; plus optional modules. Year 3 Classical Language and Texts. Options that could include: Dissertation; Greek Mythology; Neronian Literature and Society; Sexuality and Gender in the Ancient World; Language in Greek and Roman Society; The Ancient Greek Novel; The World(s) of Didactic Poetry.

BA Classical Studies Q801 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Q802 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Q806 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad Q807 4 yrs AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32

 Gain access to the culture and thought

of the ancient world through important literature and artifacts

 Study key texts in translation  Learn a classical language in detail for at least two years

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 79

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

QV8M 4 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32

critical analysis with the latest approaches to ancient literature

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

with Study Abroad

with Employment Experience Abroad

 Combine traditional values of rigour and

Dependent on language chosen; see Modern Languages

QV V5 3 yrs

with Employment Experience Q804 4 yrs

 Study Latin and Greek in depth

TYPICAL OFFER

Classical Studies and Philosophy

with Employment Experience

with Employment Experience Abroad Q805 4 yrs

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

QV6M 4 yrs

Combined Honours Degrees Ancient History may be studied with Archaeology or History. Classical Studies may be studied with Art History & Visual Culture, English, Modern Languages (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish), as well as with Philosophy or Theology. Latin may be studied with Modern Languages. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

TYPICAL OFFER

QV7M 4 yrs

Classical Studies and Theology QV85 3 yrs

with Study Abroad QV86 4 yrs

with Employment Experience QV87 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad

QV89 4 yrs

BA Combined Honours

Ancient History and Archaeology VVC4 3 yrs with Study Abroad

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

Modern Languages and Latin

GCE AL Latin grade B; IB Latin HL5. Modern Foreign Language requirement dependent on subject chosen – see Modern Languages

History and Ancient History

See History

QR61 4 yrs

VVIK 4 yrs

with Employment Experience VV2K 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

VV3K 4 yrs

Art History & Visual Culture and Classical Studies QV83 3 yrs with Study Abroad

See Art History and Visual Culture

with Employment Experience QV81 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

with Study Abroad QQ4V 4 yrs

with Employment Experience QQ5V 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

V111 3 yrs

V190 4 yrs

with Employment Experience V191 4 yrs

QV82 4 yrs

QQ3V 3 yrs

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

with Study Abroad

QV84 4 yrs

Classical Studies and English

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

GCE AL AAA-AAB; English IB: 36-34 Literature/ English Language and Literature grade A; IB English HL6

with Employment Experience Abroad

V192 4 yrs

QQ6V 4 yrs

23/01/2017 10:34

80 Classics and Ancient History

Classics and Ancient History

CONTINUED

Flexible Combined Honours Classics, Classical Studies and Ancient History may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Entry requirements further information For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/classics

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

Study Abroad

International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international

Spending up to a year carrying out a graduatelevel work placement or placements as part of your degree unlocks a world of experience and opportunity. You will take full responsibility for finding and organising your placement (either in the UK or abroad), with preparation, support and approval from the University. This is a great way to demonstrate to employers your adaptability, cultural awareness, independence and resourcefulness. Studying for your degree at Exeter offers you the exciting possibility of spending up to a year abroad. You could learn a new language and experience different cultures, become more self-confident and widen your circle of friends. You could also get the chance to specialise in areas that are not available at Exeter, and when it comes to a career, your skills and knowledge of another country will prove invaluable to many employers.

For more information, please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/studyabroad

Careers

A degree in Classics and Ancient History provides you with an excellent range of skills that are valued by employers across many sectors. You will develop skills including logical thinking, interpreting, assessing and evaluating information, and oral and written communication. Our graduates have a wide range of options for further study and employment, both in related areas such as museum work and teaching, as well as in journalism, the Civil Service, business, law, politics, management and the arts. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 80

23/01/2017 10:34

Classics and Ancient History 81

Freshers’ Week Freshers’ Week is an introduction to all aspects of university life that takes place before the first official week of autumn term. It is an opportunity to get to know the University and its surroundings, find out about your course and what’s involved in studying, explore and try the University’s many societies and services, as well as meet and make new friends.

FORUM PIAZZA, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 81

23/01/2017 10:34

82 Computer Science

Computer Science 88% of Computer Science students in graduate level employment or further study within six months of graduating1 76% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent2 11th in The Complete University Guide 2017 £3 million invested in new academic and student facilities Industrial placements available as part of all programmes DEGREES IN EXETER MSci Single Honours Computer Science Computer Science and Mathematics BSc Single Honours Computer Science* Computer Science and Mathematics* Programme information Email: compsci@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724061 * 4-year programme with Study Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

There has never been a greater need for experts in computer science. From the complex IT systems used in modern businesses to sophisticated online gaming experiences, computers are a familiar characteristic of the modern world. This makes for a fascinating range of careers that require the technical expertise of a computer scientist. At Exeter you’ll develop problem-solving skills, technical competence and the ability to analyse and reflect on issues relating to computer technology. These skills will enable you to successfully pursue a career in a variety of fields, from technology and product innovation to problem solving in business and finance. We maintain excellent teaching links with computer-related industries with businesslinked projects, whilst organisations such as the Met Office, NATS, IBM and Huawei Technologies also collaborate in research and student project work.

 Develop skills in a variety of fields,

including specification, design and implementation of computer systems

 Gain an understanding of the theory behind these systems

 Gives you a perspective on developing fields, such as machine learning, evolutionary computation, neutral networks enterprise and web-based computing

 Exposes you to a breadth of applications in science and industry

Destination of Leavers from Higher Education Survey (DLHE) of 2015/16 undergraduates Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*

‘exeter’ ‘computer science’ Exeter campuses

Year 1 Social and Professional Issues of the Information Age; Programming; ObjectOriented Programming; Web Development; Computers and the Internet; Data Structures and Algorithms; Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science; Computational Mathematics. Year 2 Software Development; Software Engineering; Computer Languages and Representations; Database Theory and Design; Network and Computing Science; options.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 82

23/01/2017 10:34

Computer Science 83

Year 3 (4 for year in industry) Individual Literature Review and Project. Options can include: Enterprise Computing; Nature Inspired Computation; Computer Graphics; Bioinformatics and Systems Biology; High Performance Computing and Distributed Systems. Year 4 (MSci only) This year includes advanced Masters-level modules such as: Machine Learning; Evolutionary Computation and Optimisation; Computer Modelling and Simulation; and a significant individual supervised project on an advanced topic in computer science (eg, artificial intelligence or high performance computing).

These programmes provide training in both computer science and mathematics and equip you to analyse problems and design solutions across the spectrum of the subjects. Year 1 Programming; Object-Oriented Programming; Computers and the Internet; Data Structures and Algorithms; Numbers, Symmetries and Groups; Vectors and Matrices; Calculus and Geometry; Advanced Calculus. Year 2 Software Development; Software Engineering; Computer Languages and Representations; Differential Equations; Vector Calculus and Applications; options. Year 3 (4 for year in industry) Individual Literature Review and Project. Options can include: Mathematical Biology and Ecology; Fluid Dynamics; Combinatorics; Stochastic Processes. Year 4 (MSci only) Research Project. Options can include: Machine Learning; Evolutionary Computation and Optimisation; Modelling the Weather and Climate; Dynamical Systems and Chaos. The four-year BSc programme includes a yearlong, paid placement with a relevant company during your third year, working on a substantial project and gaining first-hand experience of the practical application of computer science and mathematics.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 83

Flexible Combined Honours Computer Science may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

BSc Digital and Technology Solutions 4yrs | AAB | IB: 34 | BTEC Level Three Extended Diploma DDD

Accredited by the Tech Partnership, our innovative BSc Digital and Technology Solutions is a full Exeter degree, studied over four years through a mix of on-campus residentials, e-learning and real-world projects. As an apprentice, your fees will be paid in full and you will become a fully salaried member of an organisation, typically earning between £13,000 and £19,000. As the apprenticeship progresses you will follow one of several occupational specialisms, each addressing a highly sought-after professional role, such as; data analysis, cyber security, software engineering, business analysis or IT consultancy. Please note that this course does not follow the standard UCAS application process. For further information, please visit our web pages.

Learning, teaching and facilities

Our interdisciplinary programmes cover a range of skills within computer science from programming, basic science, discrete mathematics and logic, through to the latest developments in artificial intelligence such as knowledge representation, pattern recognition and evolutionary computing. We have a strong emphasis on the applications of computer science to solving practical scientific, technological and business problems. Teaching relates directly to our interdisciplinary research expertise which has the added benefit of bringing the most up-to-date ideas into your degree programme. We have excellent facilities with 24-hour access catering for different software and hardware needs, including PC and Apple Mac labs. Our PC networks run Windows and Linux and these support our extensive use of the Python and Java programming languages. These are our main languages as they incorporate the principles of modern object-oriented design and platform-independence. In addition to Python and Java, you will gain experience of other programming and scripting languages such as C++, C#, Javascript, PHP and Prolog.

Assessment

Assessment in all years is by coursework and exams. You must pass your first year modules in order to proceed, but your performance at this level does not count towards your final degree classification.

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond Computer Science, dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure.

Scholarships

For funding opportunities please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/emps/undergraduate/ funding

Careers

Our programmes will develop your skills in a variety of technical areas such as programming and system design, as well as incorporating skills and knowledge from the related areas of mathematics, science and engineering. You will also learn many more generic skills such as project management, working in teams, communication and the ability to manage your own time to meet tight deadlines. Many of our graduates choose to use their technical skills to gain employment in computing-related areas after graduation or to continue their studies with a postgraduate degree. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/career

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths.

23/01/2017 10:34

84 Drama

Drama 1st in the Russell Group for Drama in the National Student Survey 2016 3rd in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017, 7th in The Complete University Guide 2017 79% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent1 Collaborative and practice-based approach including drama in the community Opportunities to specialise in areas such as: directing; contemporary performance; music and theatre; actor training; applied and socially engaged theatre; dramaturgy; creative industries management; cultural theory and theatre history and technical theatre crafts DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Drama* BA Combined Honours Art History & Visual Culture and Drama* English and Drama* Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programmes with Study Abroad, with Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

As the relationship between theory and practice is central to the discipline, our drama programmes are taught through a dynamic combination of studio sessions, lectures and seminars. At the start of the programme, the emphasis is on collaborative group work which becomes the basis for the development of your individual interests and skills later on. You’ll have the opportunity to research a wide range of theatre histories and critical theories, as well as specialist practical modules which will prepare you for work in many areas of the cultural and creative industries. You will obtain key transferable skills which may be taken into many professions. You will have plenty of contact time with staff, who will challenge you whilst supporting the development of your intellectual and creative skills. Your lecturers will be active researchers whose interests include: the theory and practice of actor training, non-Western performance, 20th century theatre practitioners, dramaturgy and playwriting, new media, live art, sitespecific performance, gender and performance, Shakespeare, music and theatre, voice training, arts management, theatre and religion and the politics of culture. We have excellent facilities for practical sessions, which includes numerous large studio spaces, video and multimedia studios, stateof-the-art computer facilities for lighting and sound design, costume and props stores, and workshops for set construction.

Programme details BA Drama W400 3 yrs

with Study Abroad W401 4 yrs

with Employment Experience W402 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad W403 4 yrs AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32

 Develops your understanding of

performance skills alongside critical and imaginative engagement with the social, historical and cultural contexts of theatre and performance

 Advances your practical skills through public-performance and community based activities

Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* or 3*

‘exeter’ ‘drama’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 84

23/01/2017 10:34

Drama 85

 Studio-based work will equip you with

communication and organisation skills and will enhance your creative development and analytic skills

 No written exams for single honour

students, however combined honours students should refer to the relevant subject’s requirements

Year 1 Acting and Not Acting: The Dialectics of Performance; Pretexts and Contexts of Drama 1; Research and Performance; Theatrical Interpretations: Practitioners. Year 2 Staging the Text; Performance and Interpretation. Options include: Theatre and Health; Culture in/as Performance; Social Practice in Art and Performance; Theatre Practice II: Interpretive Acting II; Theatre Practice Dance/Choreography; Activism and Performance. Year 3 Practical Essay; Theatre Praxis. Options include: Death in Modern Theatre; Theatre and Globalisation: 21st Century Black British Drama; Physical Performance: Choreography in Theatre-Making; The Actor’s Body: Intercultural Theories and Practices.

Combined Honours Degrees Drama may be studied with Art History & Visual Culture or English. For details of the Art History & Visual Culture component, please see page 68. For more information about the English programme, please see page 94. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

BA Combined Honours

Art History & Visual Culture and Drama

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

WW42 3 yrs

with Study Abroad WW24 4 yrsÌ

with Employment Experience WW22 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

WW23 4 yrs

English and Drama WQ34 3 yrs

with Study Abroad WQ35 4 yrs

with Employment Experience WQ36 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

WQ37 4 yrs

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 85

TYPICAL OFFER

See English

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

Spending up to a year carrying out a graduatelevel work placement or placements as part of your degree programme is an invaluable opportunity. This unlocks a world of experience and opportunity, allowing you to develop essential employability and interpersonal skills that relate to your degree and future career. You will take full responsibility for finding and organising your placement (either in the UK or abroad), with preparation, support and approval from the University. This is a great way to demonstrate to employers your adaptability, cultural awareness, independence and resourcefulness.

Study Abroad

Careers

Through studying drama you will gain an excellent insight into careers such as acting, directing, writing, media and technical roles, and a variety of other roles within the creative and cultural sectors. Many of our students successfully pursue work in these fields after graduation, whereas others choose to extend their knowledge and skills through postgraduate study. A degree in Drama provides you with an excellent range of skills that are valued by employers across many sectors. You will have the opportunity to undertake research, develop ideas and arguments, analyse and assess sources, interpret information and develop your written and verbal communication skills. Our graduates use these skills when progressing to careers in a wide variety of fields such as law, education, business management and public relations. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Facilities

All of the practical spaces we use are reserved solely for Drama students, giving us a high degree of flexibility. Our facilities include: six studios fully equipped for stage lighting and sound; 10 other studios and seminar rooms; two sound studios; a video and multimedia studio; state-of-the-art computer facilities for lighting and sound design; costume and props stores; and workshops for set construction; costume and prop-making. To find out more, please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/humanities/drama/facilities

Entry requirements further information Ì For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/drama

International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. Offers/interviews We try to see as many applicants as possible before making an offer. A large proportion of applicants are invited to attend workshops and an interview. A short interview with an individual member of staff is combined with staff-led and separate student-led studio sessions. This will give applicants the opportunity to talk (and work with) one another as well as with current students. This is an important aspect of the experience, and for most applicants this will mean an overnight stay in Exeter. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualifications, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/applications

23/01/2017 10:34

86 Economics

Economics 10th for Economics in The Complete University Guide 2017 13th in the UK for Economics in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 EQUIS accredited Unique to Exeter, economic classroom experiments are embedded into modules Study or work abroad or gain industrial experience DEGREES IN EXETER BSc Single Honours Business Economics* Economics* Economics and Finance* Economics and Politics* Economics with Econometrics* Programme information Email: business-school-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723200 * Also available with Industrial Experience

A Business School brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Accounting and Finance (see page 58) Business and Management (see page 74) Mathematics (see page 120)

Each of our five undergraduate Economics degree programmes combine high academic standards with rewarding career prospects. You have the flexibility to choose optional modules to suit your interests and career aspirations, and the opportunity to study overseas or undertake a period of industrial experience. The Business School is internationally rated for research, and academic staff teaching on the undergraduate programmes in Economics have a wide range of research interests which is reflected in the broad subject range that we offer. Economics is a technical and rigorous subject and graduates leave equipped with a range of personal skills and a broad education, which make them highly valued by employers. There is no requirement for you to have studied economics before coming to us, as we will not assume any prior knowledge of the subject. A level mathematics is required for BSc Economics, BSc Economics with Econometrics and BSc Economics and Finance. It is not required for BSc Economics and Politics or BSc Business Economics.

Programme details BSc Economics L100 3 yrs

with European Study L101 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience L102 4 yrs with International Study L103 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL Maths minimum grade BÌ; IB Maths HL 5 or SL 6 (if not taken at HL). Maths Studies is not accepted. English language grade B/5

 Modern economics covers a wide range

of topics from inflation to the control of monopoly power, and from the study of developing countries to the finance of multinational companies

 Our Economics degree is flexible and is

designed to meet your needs, whether you wish to study a broad curriculum or to specialise in a particular area

Year 1 History of Economic Thought; Introduction to Statistics; Macroeconomics I; Mathematics for Economists; Microeconomics I; Introduction to Econometrics; options. Year 2 Macroeconomics II; Microeconomics II; Econometrics; options.

‘exeter’ ‘economics’ Exeter campuses

Year 3 Economic Issues: Theory and Practice; options.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 86

23/01/2017 10:34

Economics 87

BSc Business Economics L112 3 yrs

with European Study L115 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience L192 4 yrs with International Study L194 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCSE Maths grade A or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language grade B

 Gain a theoretical and practical

understanding of the economic decisions faced by businesses and managers

 Acquire knowledge of the relevant national and international environments in which businesses operate

 The programme combines the development of key skills in economics, accounting and social analysis with an understanding of how these skills can solve many of the problems that face business managers

Year 1 Economic Principles (students with A level Economics can do Microeconomics I and/ or Macroeconomics I instead); Introduction to Statistics; Theory and Practice of Management; Basic Quantitative Methods (for students not holding A level Mathematics); options. Year 2 Economic Principles and Policy; options. Year 3 Economics of Management Strategy; options.

BSc Economics and Finance LN13 3 yrs

with European Study LNC3 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience LND3 4 yrs with International Study LN1J 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL Maths minimum grade BÌ; IB Maths HL 5 or SL 6 (if not taken at HL). Maths Studies is not accepted. English language grade B/5

 This programme explores modern

economics and its applications to financial systems and organisations

 Introduces advanced financial techniques

such as derivatives pricing, risk management and portfolio management

 Provides you with the theoretical

background needed to work in the financial sector

 Develop your ability to critically analyse economic events and their impact on financial markets

Year 1 Introduction to Finance and Accounting; Introduction to Statistics; Macroeconomics I; Mathematics for Economists; Microeconomics I; Introduction to Econometrics; options. Year 2 Financial Markets and Decisions I; Macroeconomics II; Microeconomics II; Money and Banking I; Econometrics. Year 3 Money and Banking II; Financial Markets and Decisions II; Asset Pricing; options.

BSc Economics and Politics LL12 3 yrs

with European Study LL1F 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience LL1G 4 yrs with International Study LLCF 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCSE Maths grade A or GCE AL/AS MathsÌ; GCSE English Language grade B

 This programme provides a thorough

grounding in both economics and politics

 Interdisciplinary modules explore the

interaction between economic ideas, economic behaviour and the workings of political processes and government policy

 There is a particular focus on the practical aspects of the two subjects

Year 1 Economic Principles (students with A level Economics can do Microeconomics I and/or Macroeconomics I instead); History of Economic Thought; Power and Democracy; Statistics for Business and Management; State of Britain; Basic Quantitative Methods (for those without A level Mathematics); options. Year 2 Economic Principles and Policy; Economics of Politics; The Politics of the World Economy; students recommended to take either Public Finance or Policy Issues in the Global Economy; options. Year 3 International Political Economy; must take Public Finance or Policy Issues in the Global Economy if not taken in 2nd year; options.

BSc Economics with Econometrics L190 3 yrs

with European Study L191 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience L193 4 yrs with International Study L195 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL Maths minimum grade BÌ; IB Maths HL 5 or SL 6 (if not taken at HL). Maths Studies is not accepted. English language grade B/5

 Focusing on Econometrics, this programme will examine the application of statistical concepts and methods to economics

 Gain an in-depth understanding of data

analysis; estimation; model-fitting and testing of hypotheses as well as special techniques for dealing with economic data

 Highly relevant to a range of related

problems in applied economics, including time-series analysis, forecasting and policy simulation

Year 1 Introduction to Econometrics; History of Economic Thought; Introduction to Statistics; Macroeconomics I; Mathematics for Economists; Microeconomics I; options. Year 2 Introduction to Econometric Theory; Macroeconomics II; Microeconomics II; Econometrics; options. Year 3 Econometric Analysis; options.

Learning and teaching

An important part of our teaching strategy, unique to Exeter, is the regular use of experiments in our lectures and tutorials. Due to a prestigious grant from the Higher Education Academy, economic experiments are now embedded in many modules. You might, for instance, participate as a buyer or seller in a market experiment; as a bidder in an auction experiment; or as a firm in an oligopoly experiment. Insights from Behavioural Economics, one of the youngest and fastest growing sub-disciplines, are also embedded in the curriculum as Exeter is known for its research strength. You’ll have an academic tutor who is available for advice and support throughout your studies in addition to access to pastoral tutors.

see Entry requirements further information box overleaf

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 87

23/01/2017 10:34

88 Economics

Economics

CONTINUED

Optional modules can extend beyond Economics if you are studying a Single Honours degree, depending on timetable constraints, pre-requisites and programme structure.

four-year programmes or apply to transfer by the second term of your first year. Full details can be found by following the careers link at www.exeter.ac.uk/business-school/ programmes/buildingbrilliantcareers

Study Abroad

Careers

Module choice

All Economics programmes can include a year of study in Europe or further afield to locations that include: Australia, Canada, China, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Peru, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand and the USA. These are awarded ‘with European Study’ or ‘with International Study’. In your third year you will study, or combine study, with a work placement. You then return to Exeter for the final year of your degree. You may apply for direct entry to the four-year programmes or apply to transfer at the end of the first year of a three-year programme. Full details can be found by following the link to Study Abroad at www.exeter.ac.uk/business-school/ undergraduate

Work placement opportunities All Economics students can include a oneyear work placement in the third year and be awarded ‘with Industrial Experience’. You then return to Exeter for the final year of your degree. You may apply for direct entry to the

The Business School has a dedicated Careers Team, whose focus from day one of your first year is to work on promoting and enhancing your employability. A degree in economics from Exeter will help you to develop a wide range of essential skills such as analytical problem solving, teamwork, research, and organising and communicating information. With recent Economics graduates have taken up posts within the Bank of America BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Deloitte, EY, Hewlett Packard, JP Morgan, KPMG, Merrill Lynch, Moet Hennessy and PwC, the Business School boasts outstanding rates for students going on to employment. Some of our graduates pursue their interest in their studies to a greater depth by taking a postgraduate degree, often at leading institutions around the world. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths.

Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/economics International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international

For me, studying economics is about understanding how the ever-changing world around us functions. One day you could be learning about how auctions operate, while the next you might get an insight into why governments decide to implement certain environmental policies. The most interesting aspect about studying economics is that the world that we live in is not constant and hence there is always something new to analyse. Abhinav Jaggi, BA Economics

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 88

23/01/2017 10:34

Before my degree, I completed a foundation certificate with INTO Exeter and saw the University rise in the rankings. I grew accustomed to the beautiful campus and could not imagine starting over in a new university. For my year abroad I chose Toulouse Business School, and focussed on the business aspect of my degree by studying courses not provided by Exeter. These included how to deal with the French, and negotiation with the Chinese and Japanese. This gave me the opportunity to complement my soft skills and broaden my knowledge of the business environment. The best thing about studying abroad was experiencing new cultures. At times it was challenging, but it was definitely worthwhile. Studying abroad expands your thinking patterns; a typical class in Toulouse resembles a UN panel because of the sheer diversity. It was a rare opportunity to gain insight into numerous cultures and challenge preconceptions. Naomi Aguariavwodo, BA Business Economics with European Study, from Nigeria

BUSINESS SCHOOL, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 89

23/01/2017 10:34

90 Engineering

Engineering 9th in the UK and 94th globally in The Times Higher Education World University Rankings for Engineering and Technology1

Engineering challenges lie at the heart of many of the most significant problems facing the 21st century, from responding to climate change, through to developing sustainable energy sources and making efficient use of scarce natural resources.

86% of Engineering students in graduate level employment or further study within six months of graduating2

We offer a range of exciting, rewarding and professionally accredited specialist degrees covering the major engineering disciplines. We recognise that professional engineers often work together within multidisciplinary teams, solving problems collectively, and this underpins how we teach engineering at Exeter. Our degrees offer professional and academic rigor within specialist engineering disciplines combined with a strong multidisciplinary thread throughout.

9th in the UK for General Engineering in The Complete University Guide 2017 10th for Materials Technology in The Complete University Guide 2017 All specialist MEng/BEng programmes professionally accredited2 Industrial placements available as part of all programmes DEGREES IN EXETER MEng and BEng Single Honours Civil Engineering* Civil and Environmental Engineering (MEng only)* Electronic Engineering* Electronic Engineering and Computer Science* Engineering and Management* Materials Engineering* Mechanical Engineering* Engineering Programme information Email: engineering@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724061 * Also available with Industrial Experience or International Study for MEng programmes

A subject brochure is available on our

website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Mining Engineering (see page 130) Renewable Energy Engineering (see page 152)

Our programmes give you the opportunity to explore a variety of disciplines within engineering, enabling you to identify an inspiring area of interest. Your chosen area of expertise will then form the basis of your studies as you delve into the subject in greater depth, leading to a specialist degree at either MEng or BEng level. Subject to your academic performance, you can transfer from the BEng to MEng at the end of your second year and have the opportunity to experience an industrial placement or a period of overseas study as part of our MEng programmes. We collaborate with numerous major UK and international industrial organisations, as well as smaller companies, ensuring our programmes are relevant to the industrial and commercial imperatives of today and tomorrow. We undertake research projects crossing engineering borders, collaborating with scientists from across our integrated college including physicists, mathematicians and computer scientists. This unique environment provides an inspirational learning environment. Integral to our excellent student experience are our state-of-the-art facilities, personal support and academic guidance. These provide the perfect launch-pad for your future engineering career.

Times Higher Education World University Rankings 2015-2016: Engineering and Technology Destination of Leavers from Higher Education Survey (DLHE) 2014/15 undergraduates

‘exeter’ ‘engineering’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 90

23/01/2017 10:34

Engineering 91

Civil and Environmental Engineering

There is an ever increasing demand for energyefficient, sustainable resource management and technological progress within the engineering sector. We will provide you with a broad and sufficiently specialised knowledge in a range of civil and environmental engineering subjects including geotechnics, structures and water engineering. The Joint Board of Moderators from four professional bodies (ICE, IStructE, IHE and CIHT) accredit our Civil Engineering programmes.

Programme details MEng/BEng Civil Engineering MEng H202 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience H201 4 yrs

with International Experience H207 4 yrs BEng H200 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 As a civil engineer you will play a key role in the future prospects and health of society

 Civil engineering interfaces with electrical, mechanical, chemical and managerial processes

 People skills are vitally important to civil engineers, who work alongside a broad section of society in order to bring plans to fruition

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Materials and Manufacturing; Engineering Mechanics; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Management and Management Science; Construction Methods and Materials; Structures; Geotechnics; Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Systems; Professional Studies and Skills Development; Thermofluid Engineering; Solid Mechanics. Year 3 Individual Project; Engineering in Society and Company Finance; Structural Engineering; Civil Engineering Hydraulics; Geotechnics; Civil Engineering Design Studies; options. Year 4 (MEng only) Lean Thinking and Sustainability; Group Project. Options from: Mechanics of Materials; Linear Systems and Structural Analysis; Advanced Geotechnical Engineering; Conceptual Design of Buildings. Ì and ❖ see Entry requirements further information box overleaf

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 91

MEng Civil and Environmental Engineering H290 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience H291 4 yrs

MEng/BEng Electronic Engineering MEng H601 4 yrs

with International Study H292 4 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL Maths grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5 Ì

 Water-related problems and various other environmental issues are increasingly becoming key challenges at local, national and global levels

 There is now the need for engineers

with specialised knowledge in civil and environmental engineering who are able to work efficiently in multidisciplinary teams

 This programme offers highly professional training in civil engineering with special relevance to environmental engineering

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Materials and Manufacturing; Engineering Mechanics; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Management and Management Science; Construction Methods and Materials; Structures; Geotechnics; Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Systems; Professional Studies and Skills Development; Thermofluid Engineering; Solid Mechanics. Year 3 Individual Project; Engineering in Society and Company Finance; Structural Engineering; Civil Engineering Hydraulics; Geotechnics; Water Resources and Pollution Control; options. Year 4 Lean Thinking and Sustainability in Industry; Group Project. Options from: Advanced Geotechnical Engineering; Hydroinformatics Tools; Water Supply and Distribution Management.

Electronic Engineering

Programme details

Electronics shape our world. From mobile phones to hybrid cars, medical instrumentation, renewable energy devices, aerospace systems, and a host of other technologies: they are essential to our everyday life and future wellbeing. Our degrees equip you with the skills and knowledge not only to understand the fundamentals of modern-day electronic and computer technology, but more importantly to help design, install and operate future technologies in a rewarding and interesting professional career. Our Electronic Engineering programmes are accredited by the IET.

with Industrial Experience HPD0 4 yrs with International Study H1C0 4 yrs BEng H610 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 Emphasis is on design and practical handson experience right from the start

 Build a miniature renewable energy generator in your first year

 Design and construct of state-of-the-art

analogue and digital electronic systems in Year 2

 Implement FPGA digital signal processing and communication systems in Year 3

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Materials and Manufacturing; Engineering Mechanics; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Management and Management Science; Control Engineering; Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Systems; Professional Studies and Skills Development; PICS, Microcontrollers and Microprocessors; Communication and Networking Technologies; Analogue and Digital Electronics Design; Scientific Programming in C. Year 3 Individual Project; Engineering in Society and Company Finance; Electromagnetics and Wave Propagation; Electronic Engineering Design Studies; Digital Signal Processing; Communications Engineering; options. Year 4 (MEng only) Group Project Lean. Thinking and Sustainability in Industry. Options from: Multivariable State-Space Control; Programing for Engineering; Manufacturing Supply Change Management.

23/01/2017 10:34

92 Engineering

Engineering

CONTINUED

MEng/BEng Electronic Engineering and Computer Science MEng HG64 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience IH61 4 yrs

 Go beyond a standard understanding of

MEng/BEng Mechanical Engineering

 Learn about the behaviour, creation

MEng H302 4 yrs

with International Study IHI6 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience H303 4 yrs

BEng HG6K 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL Maths grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5 Ì

 Through comprehensive training you

will investigate aspects of hardware and software, plus

 The fundamentals of electronics to

microprocessors and manufacturing for electronic systems, and

 Object-oriented programming and artificial intelligence and engineering management

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Programming for Science; Object-Oriented Programming; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Systems; PICS, Microcontrollers and Microprocessors; Communication and Networking Technologies; Analogue and Digital Electronics Design; Software Development; Database Theory and Design; Social and Professional Issues of the Information Age; options. Year 3 Individual Project. Options from: Electronic Engineering Design Studies; Learning from Data; Enterprise Computing; Computer Aided Engineering Drawing; Systems, Series and Transforms. Year 4 (MEng only) Industrial Case Studies; Group Project. Options from: Machine Learning and Optimisation; Computer-aided Engineering Design.

Mechanical and Materials Engineering

A stimulating blend of theoretical study and hands-on practical work enables your learning process to be both engaging and informative. All modules on offer are informed by recent advances in the engineering industry, allowing your studies to be relevant to the modern world. The Mechanical programmes are accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers and the Materials programmes by the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining.

Ì and ❖ see Entry requirements further information box opposite

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 92

Programme details

with International Study H309 4 yrs BEng H300 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 Provides you with the knowledge and ability needed to play a leading role in the creation of the technology of the 21st century

 Suitable for those who wish to pursue

careers as professional engineers employed by industry or research laboratories requiring electro/mechanical engineering or manufacturing engineering expertise

 Also well suited for those who aim to

become managers in industry and commerce and wish to start with a sound background in modern engineering

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Materials and Manufacturing; Engineering Mechanics; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Management and Management Science; Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Design; Control Engineering; Structures; Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Systems; Professional Studies and Skills Development; Thermofluid Engineering; Solid Mechanics. Year 3 Individual Project; Engineering in Society and Company Finance; Mechanical Engineering Design Studies; options. Options from: Thermofluids and Energy Conversions; Computational Engineering. Year 4 (MEng only) Lean Thinking and Sustainability; Group Project. Options from: Mechanics of Materials; Advanced Materials Engineering.

MEng/BEng Materials Engineering MEng H191 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience H196 4 yrs with International Study H198 4 yrs BEng H190 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

materials science

and application of materials through an informed combination of theory and hands-on practice

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Materials and Manufacturing; Engineering Mechanics; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Management and Management Science; Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Design; Structures; Professional Studies and Skills Development; Thermofluid Engineering; Solid Mechanics; Modelling and Control Engineering; Materials Engineering. Year 3 Individual Project; Engineering in Society and Company Finance; Mechanical Engineering Design Studies. Options from: Thermofluids and Energy Conversion; Computational Engineering. Year 4 (MEng only) Lean Thinking and Sustainability; Group Project. Options from: Mechanics of Materials; Advanced Materials Engineering; Engineering Materials and the Environment; and more.

Engineering and Management

The commercial exploitation of technology, from energy to mobile communications, aerospace systems and biomedical instruments, to Formula 1 racing cars, depends on professional engineering managers. As leaders of the engineering profession, engineering managers direct the development of new and profitable technology businesses and shape the future of industry.

Programme details MEng/BEng Engineering and Management MEng H704 4 yrs

with Industrial Experience NH12 4 yrs with International Study HN1F 4 yrs BEng HN12 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 Combines our cutting-edge expertise in

mechanical and electronic engineering with the enhanced theory and practice in engineering management

23/01/2017 10:34

Engineering 93

 Enables graduates to take a fast track to a

management career in the most successful and dynamic enterprises

 Engineering and Management (Electronic) programmes are accredited by the IET and the Engineering and Management (Mechanical) programmes by the IMechE

Year 1 Professional Studies and Skills Development; Core Engineering; Electronics for Engineers; Materials and Manufacturing; Engineering Mechanics; Engineering Mathematics. Year 2 Management and Management Science; Control Engineering; Manufacturing Systems; Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Systems; Professional Studies and Skills Development; options. Year 3 Individual Project; Engineering in Society and Company Finance; Management of Product Development; Management of Processes and People; options. Year 4 (MEng only) Group Project. Lean Thinking and Sustainability in Industry. Options from: Manufacturing Supply Chain Management; Agile, Lean and Competitive Enterprise; Multivariable State-Space Control. You will also undertake a substantial interdisciplinary group project, often taking the role as group leader.

MEng/BEng Engineering MEng H104 4 yrs BEng H101 3 yrs

AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another sciencev subject at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 Broad-based engineering programme  Explore your interests before joining one

of our professionally-accredited specialised programmes from the second year

Accreditation

The majority of our Engineering programmes have been accredited* for over 30 years by the relevant professional institutions. Our MEng and BEng programmes include accreditation by the ICE, IET, IStructE, IOM3 and IMechE. Our degree programmes also conform to the Engineering Council’s UK-SPEC (UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence) that specifies the requirements for achieving Chartered Engineer (CEng) status. Full accreditation details are available at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/engineering

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 93

Learning and teaching

We have excellent facilities including modern, well-equipped teaching laboratories, student workshops, computer rooms and private study areas. You will learn in a variety of ways: new concepts and techniques are covered in lectures; problems are tackled in smaller tutorials; and hands-on experience is gained in lab classes and via individual and group projects. Project work is very important for engineers in professional practice, so at Exeter you will undertake some form of project in every year of your study.

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond your main subject area if you are studying a Single Honours degree: dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure, it may be possible to study option modules outside your subject area.

Industrial Experience or International Study

One exciting option is to spend half a year during your third year at one of our partner institutions in Europe under the Erasmus exchange scheme, or further afield via international exchange agreements. Another option is to take an industrial placement in the vacation prior to the start of your third year (eight to twelve weeks, subject to suitable arrangements). This is then followed by an extended individual project during your third year, specifically designed around your industrial placement. The combined placement and project allows you to undertake paid vacation work while gaining highly relevant industrial experience. You can take either the international study version or the industrial experience version on our MEng programmes.

Careers

Exeter Engineering graduates are highly prized in the world of work. You will develop an extensive calibre of skills such as project management, time management, IT and communication alongside your engineering knowledge. Our graduates have gone onto work across the globe for leading companies such as Airbus, IBM, Rolls-Royce, Intel, Ford and many more.

Entry requirements further information GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Economics; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/ Further Maths▲; Physical Education; Physics; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths. Applicants achieving IB Maths SL7 plus IB HL5 in Physics will also be considered.

Programme requirement Applicants studying one of the following BTEC Extended Diplomas will be considered without GCE AL requirement(s): Applied Science, Building Services Engineering, Construction and the Built Environment, Electrical/Electronic Engineering, Engineering, Manufacturing Engineering, Operations and Maintenance Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Environmental Sustainability. In place of science requirement only, A level Maths still required.

❖

Most of our graduates choose to enter a technical career in industry after their degree, however some prefer to use their skills in more generalist areas such as finance or management. Others choose to continue their studies with a higher degree in engineering or study to become a teacher. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/careers

23/01/2017 10:34

94 English

English Ranked 5th in the UK in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 and top 10 in all other major UK university league tables for the subject Top 50 for English in the QS World University Rankings 2015/16 4th in the UK for research power in English1 Opportunities to study abroad at a range of partner institutions in Europe, USA, Canada and elsewhere Participate in events involving internationally acclaimed authors, actors and directors DEGREES IN CORNWALL

DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours English† English with Study in North America

BA Single Honours English* BA Joint Honours English and History*

BA Combined Honours Art History & Visual Culture and English† Classical Studies and English† English and Modern Languages English and Drama† English and Film Studies†

Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801

Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programme with Study Abroad also available †

-year programmes with Study Abroad, with 4 Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

One of the leading English departments in the UK, with excellence in both teaching and research, we cover literature from the Medieval period to the present day, with additional strengths in film studies and creative writing. As a student you will be taught by world-class academics whose expertise spans the whole of the discipline of English. Our curriculum gives you the choice and flexibility to develop your literary interests. Explore the work of great writers, including Austen, Dickens, Joyce, Shakespeare, Woolf and Wordsworth, and specialise as you progress, by period, genre or theme. Choose one of our Combined Honours programmes and combine the study of literature with Film Studies, Drama, Classical Studies, Art History & Visual Culture, or a Modern Language at our Streatham Campus in Exeter, or with History at our Penryn Campus in Cornwall.

Penryn Campus Our English degree programmes at the Penryn Campus in Cornwall offer an exceptional student experience, combining a friendly, small-group approach to teaching supported by first-rate research. Exploring the work of some of the giants of English literature is juxtaposed with the excitement of studying contemporary literary and cultural works. With a smaller student intake, the campus offers a welcoming atmosphere and an emphasis on innovative learning and teaching in a flexible and intimate atmosphere. You will be introduced to a broad, stimulating range of topics and materials through a variety of approaches, both precise and imaginative, and gain an understanding of the principal genres and range of literatures in English, alongside knowledge of their cultural and critical contexts. Teaching is by research-active staff who are experts in their respective fields. Their expertise directly influences the modules offered, particularly in the third year, where the strong foundation work of the first two years enables you to confidently pursue your own research interests via both optional modules and a dissertation.

Times Higher Education research power ranking based on Research Excellence Framework 2014

‘exeter’ ‘english’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 94

23/01/2017 10:34

English 95

Programme details BA English

Streatham Campus

Q301 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Q314 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Q315 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad Q316 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL English Literature* grade B; IB English HL5

 Study a broad and stimulating range of literature

 Texts range from classical, Old English and Medieval to diverse contemporary and cultural works

 Combine a strong foundation in

compulsory and historically-focused modules with the opportunity to specialise in a range of innovative and exciting options

Year 1 Critical Theory; Foundations; Reinventions; Shakespeare and the History of Ideas. Year 2 From Modernism to the Contemporary; From Romanticism to Decadence; Reason and Passion: Literature 1700-1799; Renaissance, Reformation and Rebellion: English Literature 1580-1700. Year 3 Dissertation or Creative Writing Dissertation. Three optional modules from a list that could include: Extreme States: From Paranoia to Sensualism in Romanticism and Post-Romanticism; Revenge; Sex, Scandal and Sensation in Victorian Literature; Short Fiction; Witchcraft and Magic in Literature.

BA Joint Honours English and History

QVH1 3 yrs

with Study Abroad QV3D 4 yrs

AAB-ABB| IB: 34-32 | GCE AL English Literature* grade B; IB English HL5

English may be studied in Cornwall with History as part of a joint honours degree. For details of the English component, please see above. For details of the History component, please refer to page 110.

Flexible Combined Honours English may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102) which allows you to combine English with subjects not currently available as a Joint Honours programme.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 95

The Streatham Campus offers a number of degree programmes, supported by unrivaled research-led teaching. Each of our programmes has plenty of choice and flexibility, allowing you to develop an understanding of many different genres and forms of writing, from the Middle Ages to the 21st century. You also have the opportunity to study the history of cinema up to the present day, and creative writing practices in poetry, prose and screenwriting. At the end of your programme, you will have acquired an extensive and enriched knowledge of English literature and have developed into an independent, self-motivated researcher ready for a broad range of graduate careers or postgraduate study.

Programme details BA English Q300 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Q313 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Q315 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad Q316 4 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL English Literature* grade A; IB English HL6; GCSE English Literature or English Language grade A

 Develop your expertise in subjects ranging

from Medieval to contemporary literatures

 Single Honours English options range over film studies and creative writing

 Opportunity to undertake a work placement, allowing you to apply and develop your skills in a working environment

Year 1 Approaches to Criticism; Beginnings: English Literature before 1800; Academic English; The Poem. Select two options which may include: The Novel; Film Studies: An Introduction; Introduction to Creative Writing; Rethinking Shakespeare. Year 2 Choose four options, one focusing on literature pre-1750 and one post-1750. You can, if you wish, take more modules in these categories as well as up to two options in creative writing, film, or non-periodized approaches to literature.

Post-1750 modules (sample):

 Empire of Liberty: American Literature 1776-Present

 Shots in the Dark (Hollywood and Independent Cinema)

 Modernism and Modernity: Literature 1900-1960

Other modules (sample):

 Creative Writing: Finding a Voice  Humanities after the Human: Further Adventures in Critical Theory

 Culture, Crisis and Ecology in a Post-Colonial World

Year 3 Dissertation or Creative Writing Dissertation. One from: Acts of Writing: Literature and Film 1953-present; Life and Death in Early Modern Literature; Citizens of the World; plus two from around 25-30 specialist options.

BA English with Study in North America Q310 3 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL English Literature* grade A; IB English HL6; GCSE English Literature or English Language grade A

 Three-year programme, with your second

year spent at one of our partner universities in Canada or the USA

 Combined study of diverse modules,

focusing on American literature and culture

Year 1 See BA English (Exeter). Year 2 Students will take the number of modules usually required of students in an academic year at the host university. One of these modules must cover a substantial amount of pre-1800 material, two must be in North American literature and/or culture. Year 3 Choose one core module from Life and Death in Early Modern Literature; Acts of Writing; Citizens of the World as well as one American and another module in English. You will also take a Dissertation.

Pre-1750 modules (sample):

 Chaucer and His Contemporaries  Desire and Power: English Literature 1570-1640

 Satire and the City: English Literature 1660-1740

23/01/2017 10:34

96 English

English

CONTINUED

Combined Honours Degrees English may be studied at Streatham with Film Studies (see page 100) Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, Drama or a modern language (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). For details of the English component, please see above. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject’s entry. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BA Combined Honours

Art History & Visual Culture and English QV33 3 yrs

with Study Abroad

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

TYPICAL OFFER

See Art History and Visual Culture

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

with Employment Experience QV32 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

QV35 4 yrs

QQ3V 3 yrs

with Study Abroad

See Classics and Ancient History

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

QQ4V 4 yrs

Careers

QQ6V 4 yrs

WQ34 3 yrs

with Study Abroad WQ35 4 yrs

with Employment Experience WQ36 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

GCE AL English LiteratureÌ grade A; IB English HL6

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

GCE AL English LiteratureÌ grade A; IB English HL6

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

WQ37 4 yrs

English and Film Studies Q3W6 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Q3W7 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Q3W8 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

Q3W9 4 yrs

English and Modern Languages

with Employment Experience QQ5V 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad English and Drama❖

Spending up to a year carrying out a graduatelevel work placement or placements as part of your degree programme is an invaluable opportunity. This unlocks a world of experience, allowing you to develop essential employability and interpersonal skills that relate to your degree and future career. You will take full responsibility for finding and organising your placement (either in the UK or abroad), with preparation, support and approval from the University. This is a great way to demonstrate to employers your adaptability, cultural awareness, independence and resourcefulness.

Study Abroad

QV34 4 yrs

Classical Studies and English

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

See page 134

QR06 4 yrs

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 96

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

English graduates from the University of Exeter benefit from a degree which is internationally recognised and compete very successfully in the employment market. Graduating with a degree in English will put you in a strong position to succeed in a range of different careers. Oral and written communication is at the heart of our programme and you will learn to present your ideas in a range of formats. You will also develop strong research and analytical skills and the ability to problem solve and make informed decisions. Through a balance of independent study and teamwork you will learn to manage your time and workload effectively. Our students have progressed to a broad range of work sectors including education, arts management, publishing, business, journalism, marketing, finance and events management. For further information please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer either GCE AL English Literature or English Language and Literature. Candidates taking the IB should offer English syllabus A.

For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/english Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/english International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/international ❖ Offers/interviews We try to see as many applicants as possible before making an offer, and normally interview applicants who may be offering alternative qualifications. A large proportion of applicants are invited to attend workshops and an interview. A short interview with an individual member of staff is combined with staff-led and separate student-led studio sessions. Working and talking with each other and with current students are important features of this experience. This usually involves an overnight stay in Exeter.

Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying to the University and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

23/01/2017 10:34

Exeter felt like home from my first visit when I had my offer. I had been to similar days at other universities and experienced the sell you receive (Russell Group, leading researchers, prestigious reputation, etc), but Exeter seemed different. Whilst it does boast those things, they weren’t what made me fall in love with it. The fantastic setting, with its beautiful and historic surroundings mixed with the exciting new buildings, made Exeter stand out. Another thing was how welcoming everyone was, which made me feel like I would be accepted here. The sports offering was also important, especially the relaxed intramural leagues which allow groups of friends or society members to take time to destress from studying. I can say without a doubt that I do not regret choosing Exeter. I have had the best years of my life here, and the opportunities will allow me to succeed beyond university in my chosen career. Jason Elward, third year LLB Law, from Tonyrefail, Wales

HATHERLEY, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 97

23/01/2017 10:34

98 Environmental Science

Environmental Science Study climate change, biodiversity, sustainability, and environmental decision-making 7th in the UK for research1 and 5th for Geography and Environmental Sciences in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 The opportunity to study abroad, undertake a work placement, and study in the field both in the UK and overseas Provides hands-on training in practical environmental skills DEGREES IN CORNWALL MSci/BSc Single Honours Environmental Science* Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 * 4-year programme ‘with Study Abroad’ or ‘with Professional Placement’ also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Biosciences (see page 70) Geography (see page 104) Human Sciences (see page 114)

If you want to make a difference and change the future of the world in which we live for the better, and if you are inspired by the natural environment and its myriad of interconnections and feedbacks, then Environmental Science is the subject for you. Based at our Penryn Campus, Environmental Science is a quantitative and interdisciplinary approach to understanding and managing the world in which we live. Environmental scientists are concerned with understanding spatial patterns in physical, biological and chemical phenomena in the Earth’s system on local, regional and global scales. They find appropriate solutions to environmental problems by assessing, reporting and quantifying environmental risks. They work in areas as diverse as contaminated land assessment and remediation, natural resource management, practical conservation, pollution mitigation, ecosystem service assessment, environmental monitoring, mapping and consultancy. Our degrees in Environmental Science will give you the skills and expertise you need to address the world’s greatest challenges in climate change, such as biodiversity, sustainability and environmental decision-making. You will broaden your horizons by learning about environmental processes at a range of scales from local issues affecting South West England to those with global impacts.

 Our flagship environmental degrees enable you to learn the science behind the Earth’s amazing complexity and its environmental processes

 Learn practical and theoretical insights Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on intensity-adjusted Grade Point Average 2 QS World University Rankings 2015 1

from world-leading, interdisciplinary research experts working at the forefront of knowledge in a range of environmental fields

‘exeter’ ‘environmental science’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 98

23/01/2017 10:34

Environmental Science 99

 Study in Cornwall, a perfect living

laboratory which offers a diverse range of marine and terrestrial habitats and a wealth of natural resources

 Take a hands-on approach to the collection and analysis of environmental data in the field and laboratory

 Unique fieldwork opportunities available

locally and abroad, including a residential trip to the US or Kenya*

Year 1 Global Issues in Environmental Science; Analysis of Environmental Data; West Penwith Fieldclass; Tutorials; Earth System Science; plus optional modules including Environment and Society, and Investigating Social and Spatial Environments. Year 2 Geographical Information Science and Systems; Remote Sensing the Environmental Management; Key Skills for Environmental Scientists; Environmental Regulation and Redress. Options including: Applied Insect Ecology; Natural Hazards and Risk; Population and Community Ecology; Atmosphere and Ocean Systems; Rural Social Issues; The Politics of Climate Change and Energy; Introduction to Ecological Consultancy. Year 3 International Field Course*; Dissertation; Preparing to Graduate. Options including: Issues in Climate Change; Quaternary Environmental Change; Energy Policies for a Low Carbon Economy; Volcanic Processes and Environments; Sustainability; Trends in Ecology and Evolution. Year 4 (MSci only) You will spend your fourth year performing two research projects, each focused on a specialised area aligned with one of our leading research groups, one of which will be in partnership with an external organisation; plus a two-week intensive field course.

Learning and teaching

You will be taught through a range of methods including lectures, seminars, tutorials, fieldwork and laboratory sessions. Emphasis is placed on developing hands-on expertise, grounded by sound theoretical knowledge. We embed important environmental science skills within modules, including Geographical Information Systems, remote sensing and data analysis.

Fieldwork

You will engage in fieldwork of all varieties and in many different environments. Led by expert staff, field trips are embedded into modules throughout your degree to give you a first-hand

understanding of the subject. In your first year, you’ll explore ecological and environmental principles in West Cornwall. In the third year, you’ll attend a residential field class, for example to the California mountains or Kenya’s Rift Valley*, which will enable you to put your learning into practice and gain new research skills. You will also have the opportunity to plan your own field research using the skills you have developed.

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond those available in directly related disciplines: dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure, it may be possible to study option modules outside your subject area.

Study Abroad

You will have the opportunity to apply to study with one of a number of international exchange partner universities. To qualify for application for an exchange place, we expect you to have successfully completed the first year of your studies with an average mark of at least 60 per cent. Places are limited and will be awarded on a competitive basis.

Professional placement

The University has established collaborations with local, national and international organisations that you can consider should you undertake a professional placement as part of your programme. You will gain valuable experience from the work placement and will learn to apply the skills learnt during the first and second years, improve personal and transferable skills, make new contacts and enhance your employability.

Entry Requirements Further Information GCE AL science includes: Biology/Human Biologyp; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Mathsp; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

Ì Programme requirement Applicants studying one of the following BTEC Extended Diplomas will be considered without GCE AL requirement(s): Applied Science; Countryside Management; Environmental Sustainability.

Careers

A degree in Environmental Science from the University of Exeter will equip you with a very wide range of skills with which to enter further study or employment. These include: data gathering; information retrieval; problem solving; project planning and management; report production and presentation (written and oral); plus the ability to work as part of a team. A degree in environmental science will place you at the forefront of a discipline where resource management and environmental decision-making are critical to the future health and function of planet Earth.

* field course destinations are subject to change

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 99

23/01/2017 10:34

100 Film Studies

Film Studies 1st in the Russell Group in the National Student Survey 2016 100% satisfaction in NSS 2016 in Cinematics and Photography category, 1st for Overall Satisfaction and 1st in Russell Group1 World-class film research resources, including The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum (the largest university library collection in the UK) Distinctive international approach to film analysis, history and theory Vibrant programme of events, including writers, filmmakers and others from the creative industries

Our Film Studies programmes encompass the teaching of American, European, Asian and African cinemas, from the 19th century to the present day. In addition, the Combined Honours programmes allow you to study film with literature or a modern language. Each programme teaches the historical developments, theoretical perspectives and critical debates relating to film, and through these you will gain an understanding of the distinctive features of different national and international cinemas. You will discover the amazingly diverse range of aesthetic, cultural, social and political issues that continue to engage filmmakers around the world.

Programme details BA Film Studies W600 3 yrs

with Study Abroad W601 4 yrs

with Employment Experience W602 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad W603 4 yrs

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL English Literature

DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Film Studies* BA Combined Honours English and Film Studies* Film Studies and Modern Languages Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programmes with Study Abroad, with Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

 Analyse films from a variety of historical

and world cinemas and understand its place and role in society

 Gain a deep knowledge of film as cultural, social, industrial and global phenomenon

 Develop the tools and vocabulary to

question and examine your own culture

Year 1 Introduction to Film Analysis; Introduction to Film History; Major Debates in Film Theory; Transnational Cinemas. Year 2 Cinescapes: Time, Space, and Identity; Shots in the Dark. Plus a range of options in Film Studies, English or Modern Languages including: Adaptation: Text, Image, Culture; European Film Noir. Year 3 Dissertation or Creative Film Dissertation. Plus options including American Independent Film; Beyond Sex and the City: Becoming a Woman in Western Cinema; Surrealism and Its Legacies; Something to See.

National Student Survey 2016

‘exeter’ ‘film studies’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 100

23/01/2017 10:34

Film Studies 101

Combined Honours Degrees Film Studies may be studied with Modern Languages (one from Chinese [Mandarin], French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). For details of the Film Studies component, please see above. For details of the second subject, including the language requirement and the year abroad arrangements, please refer to Modern Languages (see page 132).

BA English and Film Studies Q3W6 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Q3W7 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Q315 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad Q316 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | Language requirements as detailed on page xx

 Study literature, film and culture from the Early Modern period to the present

 Gain a rich understanding of film and literary history

 Work with resources unique to Exeter in The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum

Year 1 Introduction to Film Analysis; Major Debates in Film Theory; Beginnings: English Literature before 1800. Two from: Rethinking Shakespeare; The Novel; The Poem; Introduction to Creative Writing. Year 2 Shots in the Dark. One from: Adaptation: Text, Image, Culture; Cinescapes: Time, Space and Identity; or European Film Noir. Plus two from a range including: Chaucer and His Contemporaries; Renaissance and Revolution; Desire and Power: English Literature 1570-1640; Introduction to American Literature; Satire and the City: English Literature 1660-1750; Modernism and Modernity: Literature 1900-1960. Year 3 Dissertation or Creative Writing Dissertation or Creative Film Dissertation. One option from numerous in English plus American Independent Film; Beyond Sex and the City: Becoming a Woman in Western Cinema; Surrealism and Its Legacies; Something to See.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 101

Employment Experience in the UK and Abroad

Flexible Combined Honours Film Studies may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Study Abroad

Careers

A degree in Film Studies will enable you to develop a broad range of highly desirable skills for the workplace. Your degree will enable you to pursue careers in a diverse range of sectors including education, publishing, TV and film, marketing, law and business. Some students choose to progress to postgraduate study in areas such as film, journalism, literature, creative writing and marketing.

Facilities

All programmes offer access to the University’s first-class facilities. These include The Bill Douglas Cinema Museum – a unique collection of over 70,000 artefacts, books and journals relating to the history and pre-history of cinema – and the Library, which houses over 12,000 films on DVD and video as well as books and contemporary journals.

Entry requirements further information Candidates may offer either GCE AL English Literature or English Language and Literature. For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/film Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Throughout your degree, you will develop an informed, critical and creative approach. Alongside strong oral and written communication skills, you will gain the ability to manage your time and workload effectively, work independently well as part of a team, be flexible when faced with new situations and develop strong analytical skills.

23/01/2017 10:34

102 Flexible Combined Honours

Flexible Combined Honours Create subject combinations not otherwise available Study two or three subjects, or create your own pathway to suit your interests and career ambitions Leads to a named degree title of the subjects you study Add vocational elements to your studies Opportunities for study or work abroad, or UK-based work experience DEGREES IN EXETER

DEGREES IN CORNWALL

BA/BSc Combined Honours BA/BSc Combined Honours with Study or Work Abroad BA/BSc Combined Honours with UK Work Experience

Programme information Email: fch-info@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725270

Programme information Email: fch-info@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme details.

Flexible Combined Honours (FCH) offers a unique and appealing degree structure as it lets you study a range of subjects, related or totally diverse, in a very flexible manner. FCH allows you to develop a particular blend of knowledge and skills in line with your own subject interests and career objectives. You are guided by the FCH staff, academic FCH subject coordinators in each of your subject areas and your personal tutor – all are there to help you choose the most appropriate academic pathways and to get the most out of your degree and time at the University of Exeter. At its simplest level, FCH lets you combine two subjects where there is currently no existing Combined Honours degree at the University, for example, Geography and Economics; or Management and German. You can study a combination of subjects from those offered by most departments of the University. This includes combining subjects across the areas of arts/humanities, sciences and social sciences, so you can create a degree such as Biosciences and Philosophy; or Psychology and Management. Three subject areas may also be possible, if compulsory modules allow – please ask about this before applying. The title of your degree will reflect your areas of study, eg, BA in International Relations and Economics, BSc in Biosciences and Psychology or BA in Mediterranean Studies. You can study on the FCH degree from the first year, either full or part-time, or transfer onto it later. If you entered the University on another degree and you find it does not allow you to follow the particular interests you wish to pursue, transferring to FCH from your second year can allow you to develop a programme better matched to your own particular interests and ambitions.

‘exeter’ ‘flexible’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 102

23/01/2017 10:34

Flexible Combined Honours 103

Programme details BA/BSc Flexible Combined Honours Y004 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Y006 4 yrs

with UK Work Experience Y007 4 yrs with Work Abroad Y008 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | for details of required subjects, see www.exeter.ac.uk/fch/entry

 Gives you the opportunity to study

otherwise unavailable or unusual subject combinations

 Customise your degree programme, making it distinctive and different

 Option to follow one of the readily

available themed pathways, including Mediterranean Studies, Sustainability or Religion, for the whole or part of your study from your first year

 Combine subjects in various proportions The following subject areas are available through FCH in Exeter – you can combine any two unless otherwise stated: Ancient HistoryÌ // Anthropology // Arabic // Archaeology // Art History and Visual Culture // Biochemistry // Biological Sciences: Molecular and Cellular Biology // British Sign Language (minor) // Chemistry // Chinese // Classical StudiesÌ // ClassicsÌ // Computer Science // Criminology // Drama // Economics❖ // Exercise and Sport Science // Film Studies // French // Geography // German // Greek (ancient) // International Relations // Italian // Japanese (minor) // Latin // Management❖ // Mathematics // Mediterranean Studies¿ // Middle East and North African Studies // Philosophy // Religion, Philosophy and Ethics¿ // Politics // Portuguese // Psychology▲ // Religion¿ // Russian // Strategy and International Security // Sociology // Spanish // Sustainability // Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) (minor) // Theology

BA/ BSc Flexible Combined Honours Y003 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Y012 4 yrs

with UK Work Experience Y009 4 yrs with Work Abroad Y011 4 yrs

A*AA-ABB | IB: 38-32 | for details of required subjects, see www.exeter.ac.uk/fch/entry

The Flexible Combined Honours scheme at our Penryn Campus is the same as the one on the Streatham Campus, only with a different availability of subjects: Business // English // Environment and Human Health // Environmental Law // Environmental Science // French (minor) // Geography // Geography and Environment and Human Health // History // International Relations // Mathematics // Politics // Spanish (minor) // Sustainability All FCH students study the same modules as those taken by other students at the University, so you will be studying alongside others with the same interests. These degrees offer the widest possible access to Exeter’s range of subject disciplines. Each first-year pathway usually has a combination of one or more core compulsory modules and optional modules available in that year. In your second and final years you will have more choice of modules and you will be able to structure your degree to reflect your own preferences. During your final year you can also include research-based independent study or a dissertation with individual supervision in a subject of your choice. Alternatively, you can take a thematically linked programme of modules from a variety of departments to create your own degree programme, eg, Military History or International Development. Usually students start with a combination of ‘established’ subjects and then create thematic pathways from their second year.

Study or Work Abroad

The four-year ‘with Study or Work Abroad’ programmes allow you to spend your third year abroad at a university or working, either in Europe or beyond. It does not matter which subjects you are studying to be able to do this. You can apply directly for the appropriate fouryear programme or transfer to this once you are here. Full details about this programme are available at www.exeter.ac.uk/fch/abroad

Work experience

The four-year ‘with UK Work experience’ degree programme allows you to spend your third year in a UK-based work placement. You can apply directly for the four-year programme or transfer to this once you are studying with us. Alternatively, a work experience module can form part of your second or final year, to add to your employability. The work can be in the UK or abroad. Full details about work experience are at www.exeter.ac.uk/fch/work-experience

Entry requirements further information Completing your UCAS form When completing your UCAS form you must indicate your proposed subjects under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application. Full details of how to complete the form are at www.exeter.ac.uk/fch/ ucas.php International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

cannot be combined with each other themed pathway – can form all or part of a programme ❖ cannot be combined with each other ▲ available both as British Psychological Society accredited and as non-accredited pathways

Ì ¿

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 103

23/01/2017 10:34

104 Geography

Geography 5th for Geography and Environmental Science in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017, 7th for Geography and Environmental Science in The Complete University Guide 2017, and top 20 in the world for Geography1 97% of students progressing into employment or further study within six months of graduating2 Opportunities to study abroad, and undertake field study in the UK and overseas Study a wide breadth of physical and human geography, supported by excellent teaching and research facilities Develop excellent employability through learning and applying a range of practical skills DEGREES IN CORNWALL BA/BSc Single Honours Geography Geography with Professional Placement Geography with Study Abroad Flexible Combined Honours Geography may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102). Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801

DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Geography Geography with European Study Geography with Study Abroad Geography with Professional Experience BSc Single Honours Geography Geography with European Study Geography with Study Abroad Geography with Professional Experience Flexible Combined Honours Geography may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Geography is a broad and diverse subject that gives you a deep understanding of the world around us. It is central to understanding the key issues facing contemporary societies and seeks to explain the relationships between events and their impact, both locally and globally. Our degrees allow you to develop an understanding of human societies and natural environments. Coursework, fieldwork, and research experience will provide you with expertise in specialisms such as climate modelling, vegetation and rivers, satellite mapping, environmental change, climate change, biosecurity, heritage, landscape, health geographies and animal geographies. This diversity of skills and experience strongly contributes to your employability after graduation.

Penryn Campus

Cornwall is an exceptional place in which to study Geography. The county is a perfect living laboratory, offering a diverse range of marine and terrestrial habitats, a wealth of natural resources and a number of unique social landscapes. Our expert staff are actively engaged in research including climate change; remote sensing; landscape evolution; society and space; environment and sustainability; and energy policy. The Penryn Campus is home to the University’s Environment and Sustainability Institute (ESI), which inspires much of our research and teaching. The ESI leads cutting-edge interdisciplinary research into solutions to problems of environmental change, enhancing people’s lives by improving their relationships with the environment. Our students benefit from cutting-edge analytical and experimental laboratories, including a high-performance computing facility and a dedicated geographical information systems (GIS) suite for geospatial modelling and remote sensing.

Programme information Email: cles-externalrelations@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725818

1 2

QS World University Rankings 2016 Respondents to the Destination of Leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) Survey of 2013/14 graduates

‘exeter’ ‘geography’ Exeter campuses

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Environmental Science (see page xx) Human Sciences (see page xxx) Geology (see page xx)

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 104

23/01/2017 10:34

Geography 105

Programme details BA/BSc Geography

F807 3 yrs

with Professional Placement F8D8 4 yrs with Study Abroad F8D7 4 yrs AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Explore key global challenges of the

21st Century by examining both human and physical issues and, importantly, the connections between the two

 Gain an appreciation of global challenges

from multiple perspectives with an understanding of the interactions between people, places and events

 Highly flexible programme offers

an innovative, contemporary, and multidisciplinary approach to Geography

 Dissertation topic and thematic research

route will in part determine whether you graduate with a BA or a BSc

Year 1 Analysis of Environmental Data; Approaches to Geographical Knowledge; Earth System Science; Environment and Society; Global Issues in Environmental Science; Investigating Social and Spatial Environments; Tutorials; West Penwith Fieldclass. Year 2 Natural Hazards and Risks; Workplace Learning; Key Skills for Geographers. Optional modules from: Atmosphere and Ocean Systems; Nature and Culture; Environmental Regulation and Redress; Mathematics of the Environment II; Evolution of Human Societies; Geographical Information Science and Systems; Remote Sensing for Environmental Management; The Politics of Climate Change and Energy; Workplace Learning; Landscape Evolution; Rural Social Issues; Time and Place; Living with Environmental Change; Grand Challenges Cornwall. Final Year International Field Course*; Dissertation; Preparing to Graduate. Optional modules from: Energy Policies for a Low Carbon Economy; Environment and Empire; Issues in Climate Change; Waste and Society; Climate Change and Society; Sustainability; Quaternary Environmental Change; Volcanic Processes and Environments; Legal Response to Environmental Destruction; Living with Environmental Change; Frontiers in Global Health; Mathematics Biology and Ecology.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork is an essential component of our undergraduate degrees. In each year of your degree, you will have many opportunities to experience hands-on learning while exploring incredible landscapes in Cornwall and beyond. In your first year, you’ll develop key field skills during a week-long residential field course in west Cornwall. In the following year, you’ll travel to the Isles of Scilly in order to hone your field research skills in preparation for your dissertation project. The final year of your degree will see you embark on a two-week residential field class, for example to a US megacity or the California mountains*, which will enable you to learn and practise new research techniques in an iconic environment. Many modules also include days in the field, and you’ll be encouraged to explore Cornwall’s unique environment in dissertation research and independent coursework.

Streatham Campus Academic staff based at the Streatham Campus are all actively involved in research covering most aspects of modern geography, with noted expertise in hydrology, geomorphology and earth surface processes, Quaternary environmental and climatic change, GIS, natural hazards analysis, historical geography, rural geography, nature-culture relations, sustainability, and cultural and political geography. We have strong links with international, national and local research projects including those in the UK and Europe, Iceland, the Middle and Far East, the Pacific Rim, the former Soviet Union and southern Africa, as well as North and South America.

Professional placement

Streatham campus academics cover modern human and physical geography research, with noted expertise in hydrology, geomorphology and earth surface processes, Quaternary environmental and climatic change, natural hazards analysis, historical geography, rural geography, nature-culture relations, sustainability, and cultural and political geography.

You will gain valuable experience from the work placement, apply skills learned during the first and second years of your degree, improve personal and transferable skills, make new contacts, and enhance your employability.

There are well-equipped experimental laboratories for physical geography to support student research, including a £3.7 million sediment research centre, a 75-seat GIS lab with high-spec workstations, and a technical workshop.

Our programmes in Cornwall offer a year-long placement between the second and final years during which you will work within a local, national, and international organisation.

Learning and teaching

Our Penryn Campus is a learning environment that encourages enthusiasm and passion for geography and promotes interest in the global challenges geographers seek to address. You will benefit from excellent student:staff ratios, small group tutorials and friendly, accessible staff. Teaching and learning is through lectures, seminars, tutorials, laboratory classes and fieldwork.

Assessment

The final degree mark is based on approximately 50 per cent exam and 50 per cent coursework assessments. The latter includes a final year dissertation, which is an independent research project in which you study the topic that excites you most. The modules taken in the first year must be passed to progress to the second year but the marks obtained do not influence your final degree classification.

Programme details BA Geography L705 3 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AL grade B or IB HL5 in a humanities or social science subject

 The first year of the programme provides

an excellent grounding in both human and physical geography developing the core skills required to progress successfully

 Areas of study include historical geography, social geography, nature-culture relations, political geography and climate and society

 You can specialise in human geography

alongside the ability to choose modules from physical geography in your second and final years

* field course destinations are subject to change

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 105

23/01/2017 10:34

106 Geography

Geography

CONTINUED

Year 1 Geographies of Place, Identity and Culture; Geographies of Global Change; Study Skills for Human Geographers; Geographies of Environment and Sustainability; Research Methods for Geographers; Concepts in Geography; optional modules.

Final Year Dissertation. Optional modules include: The Cryosphere; Tropical Palaeoecology and Palaeoclimatology; Climate Change and its Impacts; Weather; Advanced Earth Surface Dynamics; Peatland Ecosystems.

Year 2 Human Geography Field Trip; Ideas in Geography; Research Methods for Human Geography; Research Design in Human Geography. Optional modules include: Historical and Cultural Geographies; Political Geographies; Social Geography; Volatile Planet; Climate Change: Science and Society; Nature, Development and Justice; Catchment Hydrology and Geomorphology.

BA/BSc Geography with European Study

Final Year Dissertation. Optional modules include: Climate Change and Its Impacts; Geographies of Creativity, Economy and Society; NIMBYism and the Low Carbon Transition; Cultural Geographies of Landscape; Geographies of Heritage and Memory; Geographies of Technology.

BSc Geography F800 3 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AL science subject grade B or IB HL5 in a science subject

 The first year of the programme provides

an excellent grounding in both physical and human geography developing the core skills required to progress successfully

 Areas of study include climate change,

surface processes, hydrology, geomorphology, GIS and past environmental change

 You can specialise in physical geography alongside the ability to choose modules from human geography in your second and final years

Year 1 Earth System Science: The History of Our Planet; Earth System Science: The Future of Our Planet; Research Methods for Geographers; Geographies of Environment and Sustainability; Concepts in Geography; Study Skills for Physical Geographers; optional modules. Year 2 Physical Geography Field Trip; Applied GIS for Physical Geographers; Research Methods for Physical Geography; Research Design in Physical Geography. Optional modules include: Catchment Hydrology and Geomorphology; Cold Climate Geomorphology; Reconstructing Past Environments; Biogeography and Ecosystems; Volatile Planet.

BA L702 4 yrs | BSc F8R8 4 yrs AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 |GCE AL grade B or IB HL5 in a science subject

You may apply for direct entry to these degrees or, exceptionally, students with first year marks above 60 per cent and with appropriate language skills can apply to transfer to these degrees from one of the other degree programmes during their second year, spaces permitting. Years 1 and 2 As with BA Geography and BSc Geography (Streatham Campus) except that language modules replace some option modules. Year 3 You will spend your third year at a European university with which we have exchange arrangements. Currently these are Bern, Bordeaux, Cork, Dublin, Göttingen, Graz, Hamburg, Helsinki, Louvain, Münster, Nijmegen, Paris, Poitiers, Santander, Stockholm and Utrecht. Year 4 See BA Geography and BSc Geography (Streatham Campus, Final Year).

BA/BSc Geography with Study Abroad BA L707 4 yrs | BSc F805 4 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 |GCE AL Grade A or IB HL6 in a humanities or social science subject

You may apply for direct entry to these degrees or, exceptionally, students with first year marks above 60 per cent can apply for to transfer on these degrees from one of the other degree programmes during their second year, spaces permitting. Years 1 and 2 As for BA Geography and BSc Geography (Streatham Campus). Year 3 You will spend your third year at an international university with which we have exchange arrangements. These currently include institutions in Australia, New Zealand, and the USA.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork is an essential component of our undergraduate degrees. In each year of your degree, you will have many opportunities to experience hands-on learning while exploring incredible landscapes in the local area and beyond. In your first year, you’ll develop key field skills during a week-long residential field course in west Cornwall. In the following year, you’ll travel to the Isles of Scilly in order to hone your field research skills in preparation for your dissertation project. The final year of your degree will see you embark on a two-week residential field class, to destinations such as Brazil, France, Germany, Iceland, Spain and the USA* which will enable you to learn and practise new research techniques in an iconic environment.

Learning and teaching

At the Streatham Campus you will join a large, thriving community of Geography students and staff. You will learn through large group lectures, seminars, tutorials, laboratory classes and field work. Tutorials complement lectures by encouraging you to explore issues in small group discussion meetings (around seven to eight students per group).

Assessment

The final degree mark is composed of both exam and coursework-based assessment, including a final year dissertation. The modules taken in the first year must be passed to progress to the second year but the marks obtained do not influence your final degree classification.

Study Abroad

Direct entry on to our Study Abroad variations is available for all Single Honours degrees in Cornwall and for both the BA and BSc Geography based at Streatham. These options provide you with the opportunity to spend your third year studying at an Englishspeaking university overseas. On the Streatham Campus, we also offer a four-year BA and BSc Geography with European Study during which you will spend your third year studying abroad at one of our partner European universities. For students on all of our other programmes, on both campuses, once you’re studying at the University of Exeter you’ll have the opportunity to apply to spend a year at an international university outside Europe. Full details of these schemes and of our partner institutions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/geography

Year 4 See BA Geography and BSc Geography (Streatham Campus, Final Year).

* field course destinations are subject to change

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 106

23/01/2017 10:34

Geography 107

Careers

A Geography degree from the University of Exeter will equip you with the experience and skills to help you progress into further study or employment. The breadth of career opportunities open to Geography graduates is vast, with recent graduates starting careers in planning, research, environmental and sustainability projects, marketing, consultancy, teaching and more – both in the UK and overseas. Whatever path you want to follow after graduation, we’re here to help and support you with all your career and employability needs. Support for alumni is also available for three years after graduation.

Entry requirements further information GCE AL humanities/social sciences includes: Business Studies, English, Geography, Geology, History, Media Studies, Religious Studies, Economics, Law, Politics, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology. GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Maths▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

PENRYN CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 107

23/01/2017 10:34

108 Geology

Geology 7th in the The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 2nd in the Russell Group for graduate progression with 89% of Geology students entering into professional occupations or graduate-level further study within six months of graduating1 International reputation with excellent industrial links and employment prospects Strong emphasis on field-based and technical training, with specialist facilities include mineralogical and geochemical analytical laboratories and test mine Accredited by The Geological Society DEGREES IN CORNWALL MGeol/BSc Single Honours Geology Applied Geology Engineering Geology and Geotechnics Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 A subject brochure is available on our

website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Mining Engineering (see page xx)

The study of geology applies many different branches of science to understand how the Earth works and how it has evolved over the last 4.6 billion years. It ranges in scope from the atomic, through the continental to the cosmic, and encompasses such spectacular natural processes as earthquakes, landslides and volcanic eruptions. Many applicants choose to study geology for these reasons alone. However, the knowledge and skills obtained gifts graduates with the flexibility of applying their expertise by working in a variety of landscapes and environments across the globe. Our programmes provide comprehensive training for students wishing to become professional geoscientists. The mixture of pure and applied earth science and engineering modules, and associated transferable skills, is appropriate for subsequent employment in many sectors or study towards a postgraduate degree (MSc or PhD). Throughout our programmes, emphasis is placed on practical training in field-based skills, including geological mapping (surface and underground), core logging, surveying and environmental case studies.

Destination of Leavers from Higher Education Survey (DLHE) of 2013/14 undergraduates

‘exeter’ ‘geology’ Exeter campuses

Fieldwork plays an essential role, with residential field courses taking place in the UK and Europe, along with one-day courses based around the outstanding local geology in Cornwall. The programmes are accredited by The Geological Society and taught by Camborne School of Mines, which has an outstanding international reputation and links within the industrial sectors it serves.

Programme details MGeol/BSc Geology

MGeol F600 3 yrs (F603 4 yrs) BSc F600 3 yrs

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL in two science subjects at grade B or AL Geology at grade B; IB two sciences HL5. GCSE Maths grade C

 Provides broad-based training appropriate for students who wish to maximise their employment potential as professional geoscientists

 Relevant for sectors such as exploration

or production geology (hydrocarbons, metals, industrial rocks and minerals), hydrogeology, environmental geology and waste disposal

Year 1 Mathematics 1A; Surveying and CAD; Geology; Earth and Environmental Chemistry; Crystallography and Mineralogy; Stratigraphy and Palaeontology; Field Geology and Geological Maps. Year 2 Structural Geology and Tectonics; Sedimentology; Geological Mapping Techniques; Stratigraphy; Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. Year 3 Dynamic Climates of the Past; Evolution of Earth and Planetary Systems; GIS for Geologists; Exploration Techniques. Options from: Contaminated Land Management and Remediation; Hydrogeology; Mineral Deposit Geology; Energy Resource Geology. You will also report on your Summer Vacation Project and undertake the Applied Field Geology residential field class in either Spain or Cyprus. Year 4 You undertake a research project that runs throughout the year and select from a range of modules such as: Advanced Mineral Analysis; Topics in Current Research; Magmatic Processes; Fluids in the Geosphere; Economics, Mineral Processing and Environment; Ore Deposit Models; Minerals Processing.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 108

23/01/2017 10:34

Geology 109

MGeol/BSc Applied Geology

MGeol F613 3 yrs (F614 4 yrs) BSc F613 3 yrs

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL in two science subjects at grade B or AL Geology at grade B; IB two sciences HL5. GCSE Maths grade C

 Provides broad-based training appropriate for students who wish to maximise their employment potential as professional geoscientists

 Relevant for sectors such as exploration or production geology (hydrocarbons, metals, industrial rocks and minerals), hydrogeology, environmental geology and waste disposal

 Also suitable for those aspiring to

postgraduate study (MSc/PhD) in one of these areas

Years 1 and 2 Please see MGeol/BSc Geology. You will choose between Geotechnics or Stratigraphy in Year 2. Year 3 Exploration Techniques; Hydrogeology; Mineral Deposit Geology; Applied Field Geology. Optional modules from: Surface Excavation Design; Contaminated Land Management and Remediation. You will also report on your Summer Vacation Project and participate in the Applied Field Geology residential field class in either Spain or Cyprus. Year 4 You undertake an Applied Research Project that runs throughout the year and select from a range of modules, relevant to employment in exploration/production geology and geometallurgy, such as: Advanced Mineral Deposit Geology; Resource Estimation; Minerals Processing; Advanced Techniques for Mineral Analysis; Mine Wastes: Principles, Monitoring and Remediation. You also participate in the Fourth Year Field Class.

MGeol/BSc Engineering Geology and Geotechnics MGeol F644 3 yrs (F615 4 yrs) BSc F644 3 yrs

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL in two science subjects at grade B or AL Geology at grade B; IB two sciences HL5. GCSE Maths grade C

 Suitable for students who wish to work

as professional geoscientists, especially in mining, civil engineering and environmental sectors

 Also suitable for if you aspire to carry out postgraduate (MSc/PhD) study in one of these areas

Years 1 and 2 Please see MGeol/BSc Applied Geology. You study Geotechnics in Year 2 rather than Stratigraphy. Year 3 Exploration Techniques; Hydrogeology; Surface Excavation Design; GIS for Geologists; Applied Field Geology. Optional modules from: Tunnelling and Excavation Design; Contaminated Land Management and Remediation. You will also report on your Summer Vacation Project and participate in the Applied Field Geology residential field class in either Spain or Cyprus. Year 4 You will undertake an Applied Research Project that runs throughout the year and select from a range of modules relevant to employment in engineering geology or geotechnics such as: Advanced Mineral Resource Assessment; Resource Estimation; Economics, Processing and Environment; Mine Wastes: Principles, Monitoring and Remediation; Geomechanics Computer Modelling for Excavation Design. You also participate in the Fourth Year Field Class.

Learning and teaching

Teaching methods include a combination of formal lectures, hands-on practical classes and field-based teaching. Laboratory classes, using our extensive teaching collections and petrological microscopes, develop your understanding of the major groups of rocks, minerals and fossils. You may transfer between the MGeol and BSc programmes, and vice versa, up to the end of the second year.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 109

Between the second and third year, you will undertake a major project which forms an important component of the third year of the degree programmes. This project may involve geological mapping, a research project or a company placement.

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond Geology if you are studying a Single Honours degree: dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure, it may be possible to study option modules outside your subject area.

Careers

The overwhelming majority of our graduates work in geoscience and related areas. Graduates commonly enjoy excellent career opportunities in mineral and petroleum exploration and production, geotechnics, engineering geology and environment-related industries, and in pure and applied geological research, in the UK and overseas. Our Geology graduates have a reputation for being articulate, resourceful and well travelled, and claim great job satisfaction and excellent salaries. Information about graduate careers can be found at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/careers

Entry requirements further information GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Math▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

23/01/2017 10:34

110 History

History 2nd in the Russell Group for History in the National Student Survey 2016 Ranked 5th in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 and top 10 in all major UK university league tables for the subject In top 50 worldwide rankings for History (QS World University Rankings 2016) 8th in the UK for world-leading research1 Innovative degrees at our Penryn Campus in Cornwall DEGREES IN CORNWALL

DEGREES IN EXETER

BA Single Honours History*

BA Single Honours History†

BA Joint Honours English and History* History and International Relations* History and Politics*

BA Combined Honours History may also be studied with Ancient History†, Archaeology†, Art History & Visual Culture†, International Relations†, Philosophy†, or with a Modern Language.

Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801

Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programme with Study Abroad also available †

-year programmes with Study Abroad, with 4 Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Ancient History (see page 78)

Studying history at the University of Exeter will take you on a journey through the human race: our activities, ideas, creations, institutions and impact. What you encounter will enhance your understanding of other subjects and areas of knowledge, improve your awareness of other cultures and provide skills that will stay with you for life. Our academic staff are at the forefront of innovative research, and teach with enthusiasm and passion. We pride ourselves on the quality of our innovative History programmes which offer a variety of options, introducing a range of countries, periods and themes in stimulating and intellectually challenging ways. You can choose to study history at either the Streatham Campus in Exeter or at the Penryn Campus near Falmouth in Cornwall, with both our programmes of study offering you the chance to develop your interests while studying in fantastic locations.

Penryn Campus

History at Penryn is made up of a distinct collective of leading scholars who are drawn together by the interdisciplinary nature of their research and teaching. Research interests are varied but share an interest in the historical roots of issues which continue to resonate today. We focus on using history to understand the challenges posed by globalisation, ethnic conflict, scientific and environmental change. We are a modern department, focused on history from 1500 onwards, and have particular expertise in Cornish history, culture, memory and heritage, oral history and party politics, environmentalism and environmental politics, the First World War and 19th-20th century North American History. A key characteristic of History at Penryn is our emphasis on public history. We encourage you to critically reflect on the purposes – both intended and unintended – of history and engage with the broad range of ways in which the public interact with history. The educational experience in Cornwall, with its intimate, small-group teaching and close contact with academics, is incredibly well-suited to studying history. Emphasis is on innovative learning and teaching in a flexible, personal atmosphere and this is reflected in our outstanding ratings in the National Student Survey.

Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4*

‘exeter’ ‘history’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 110

23/01/2017 10:34

History 111

Programmes details BA History

BA History and International Relations

VLF2 3 yrs

V102 3 yrs

with Study Abroad VLF3 4 yrs

with Study Abroad V104 4 yrs

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Understand the challenges posed by

globalisation, ethnic conflict and scientific environmental change

Year 1 History Foundation Course; Public History 1; World History 1: Globalisation; World History 2: Science, Environment and Sustainability; People’s History 1: The History of Everyday Life; People’s History 2: Politics, Place and Identity. Year 2 Perspectives on Sources: Independent Study Project in the Humanities; or Public History Project. Option modules can include: Crime and Punishment: Outlaws, Lawmen and Deviants in the US, 1865-1941; Drawing Lines in the Sand: British Imperialism in the Middle East, 1882-1923; Early Modern England, 1500-1700: A Social History; Gender, Politics and Society c.1500-1800; Past Actions, Present Woes, Future Possibilities: History in the Anthropocene; The Occult in Victorian Britain. Year 3 Dissertation. Research modules from options such as: Britain and the Telecommunications Revolution; Pasts and presents: British Historical Culture and the History of Ideas, 1688-1900; The First World War: Interrogating the Myths; The Politics of Nature: Sustaining the British Environment 1600 to the Present; The Three Klans: Ethnopolitics in the 19th and 20th Century USA; Westminster and the Provinces: Celtic Politics since 1900.

Joint Honours Degrees BA English and History

QVH1 3 yrs

with Study Abroad QV3D 4 yrs See English

 Consider the ways in which literature

reflects and recalls the past and how knowledge of the past informs literary readings

 Analyse problems through studying critical approaches that blend detailed and broad levels of analysis

Full details of the English component of this degree are given on page 94.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 111

 Unique integrated programme with a

diverse range of modules from the Early Modern period to the modern day

 Gain a solid grounding in International

Relations, with the option to specialise in an issue or region

 Opportunities to explore areas such as: war

and peace in the Middle East; imperialism; race relations; media; gender; protest; security and intelligence; foreign policy; electoral politics; political theory and psychology; and propaganda

 Opportunity to participate in a US field trip

For more details of the International Relations component of this programme, please see page 144.

BA History and Politics

VLC2 3 yrs

with Study Abroad VLD2 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Explore, understand and engage critically

with contemporary socio-political problems through an examination of the past, present and future

 Using both historical practice and political

analysis to gain multiple perspectives on contemporary challenges such as: the ArabIsraeli conflict; extremism and populism; decline and fall of empire; American politics; war and society; science and technology; and environmental change

 Opportunity to participate in a US field trip

For details of the Politics component of this programme, please see page 144.

Flexible Combined Honours History may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102) which allows you to combine History with subjects not currently available as a Joint Honours programme.

Streatham Campus

At the Streatham Campus in Exeter, we have some of the leading historians in their fields. We are firmly committed to research and publication of the highest quality and this has a direct impact on the quality of our undergraduate teaching. We have strengths in Medieval history, Early Modern British history, Modern European and global history and particular specialisms in the histories of power (including security and conflict), identity (including faith, gender and nation), knowledge (including medicine) and resources (including consumption and sustainable development). Our research centres include Medical History, Medieval Studies, Early Modern Studies, War, State and Society and Global and Imperial History, and are a focus for interdisciplinary activity across the institution and beyond. History is a richly diverse and interdisciplinary subject area, and you will be introduced to a fascinating range of periods, areas and approaches to history. These range in time from the collapse of the Roman Empire to post-Communist Europe, in place from Latin America to Asia and Africa, and in content from modern political movements and parties to the history of sexuality and material culture. This gives you considerable scope to shape your degree to suit your current and emerging interests.

Programme details BA History

V100 3 yrs

with Study Abroad V103 4 yrs

with Employment Experience V105 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad V106 4 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCSE English Language grade B

 Progressive degree as it builds on a broad foundation in the first year, to specialised work in the final year

 Varied selection of modules Year 1 Making History; Approaches to History; Understanding the Medieval and Early-Modern World; Understanding the Modern World. ‘Sources and Skills’ modules chosen from a range of over 25 options, for example The Norman Conquest; Magic and Witchcraft in Early Modern Europe; and The Good War? The United States in World War II.

23/01/2017 10:34

112 History

History

CONTINUED

Year 2 Doing History: Perspectives on Sources; Uses of the Past. Option modules chosen from, for example: British Naval Power, 1660-1815: Ideology and Conflict; Medieval Paris; History of Development: Ideologies, Politics and Projects. Year 3 Dissertation. Optional modules: one Special Subject, from: A New Jerusalem: Being Protestant in Post-Reformation England; The Great War: A Comparative History; The Spanish Civil War; Colonial Conflict and Decolonisation, 1918-1975; plus one Comparative History module that explores a different approach to a single theme, such as Civil Wars; Empires; Sexualities, over a long time period or in a global perspective.

Combined Honours Degrees History may also be studied with Ancient History, Archaeology, Art History & Visual Culture, International Relations, Philosophy, or with a Modern Language (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). The History component follows broadly the same pattern as the BA History degree at Exeter, though you will only take half your credits at each level in History. For details of the second subject, please refer to the relevant subject entry. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BA Combined Honours

Art History & Visual Culture and History VV31 3 yrs

with Study Abroad

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

TYPICAL OFFER

See Art History and Visual Culture

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

VV32 4 yrs

with Employment Experience VV33 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad VV34 4 yrs

History and Ancient History V111 3 yrs with Study Abroad

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

V190 4 yrs

with Employment Experience V191 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad V192 4 yrs

History and Archaeology VV16 3 yrs with Study Abroad IA84 4 yrs

with Employment Experience VV18 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad VV19 4 yrs

DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

TYPICAL OFFER

History and Modern Languages VR08 4 yrs

See page 134

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

History and International Relations

GCSE English Language grade B

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

BA Combined Honours

LVF1 3 yrs

with Study Abroad VL1F 4 yrs

with Employment Experience VL2F 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad VL3F 4 yrs

Philosophy and History

VV51 3 yrs

with Study Abroad

See Philosophy

VV5C 4 yrsÌ

Study Abroad

Employment Experience in the UK or Abroad

Spending up to a year carrying out a graduate level work placement or placements as part of your degree programme is an invaluable opportunity. This unlocks a world of experience, allowing you to develop essential employability and interpersonal skills that relate to your degree and future career. You will take full responsibility for finding and organising your placement (either in the UK or abroad), with preparation, support and approval from the University. This is a great way to demonstrate to employers your adaptability, cultural awareness, independence and resourcefulness.

learn how to manage your time effectively and meet tight deadlines. Some of our graduates follow their interest in their degree studies with a postgraduate qualification or a career in teaching, museum or archive work. Others use the transferable skills gained on their programme to enter a wide variety of careers such as finance, journalism, the civil service, marketing, politics, business and law. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ history For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/history International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Careers AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

Studying History at the University of Exeter provides you with skills that are attractive to employers and relevant for a wide range of careers. Alongside in-depth subject knowledge, you will develop skills in researching, analysing and assessing sources, written and verbal communication, managing and interpreting information and developing ideas and arguments. In addition, you will

indicates a programme owned by SSIS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 112

23/01/2017 10:34

113

Coming to Penryn I immediately fell in love with the atmosphere, which you don’t really get anywhere else. The course seemed different from any kind of history degree I’d come across so far, and the Public History module was a big factor in my coming here. If you’re looking for a more avant-garde course, ranging from environmental history to social and public history, this is the place to be. The lecturers here are set on getting the best out of their students. The modules are intellectually stimulating, and the lecturers are passionate as well as knowledgeable about their subjects. One of my favourite aspects of studying at Penryn has been the local, cosy atmosphere, the ‘we’re-all-in-the-same-boat’ feeling that makes for great camaraderie among students. Falmouth and Penryn are lovely towns, and sharing a campus with Falmouth University provides a great blend between academic and creative ideas, views, and people. Tomas van den Heuvel, second year BA History at Penryn, from Made, the Netherlands

LUXULYAN, CORNWALL

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 113

23/01/2017 10:34

114 Human Sciences

Human Sciences Delivered by two top 10 disciplines Opportunities for professional placement Examine the past and present of humans and human societies Broaden your employment prospects and acquire a wide range of transferable skills Opportunities to study abroad and undertake field study in the UK and overseas Field study in the UK and overseas

The study of human behaviour, culture and society is often set apart from the natural world. Yet humans, like other animals, have an evolutionary history and evolutionary forces continue to shape the way we live today. Many of the problems we currently face, such as the biodiversity crisis, climate change or the conflicts which occur within or between countries, relate to how humans create, shape and interact with their natural and social environments. Solutions to these problems will come from insights generated from a number of different disciplines. By combining the natural and social sciences, you will make connections between a broad range of concepts. You will understand the relationship between science and policy, and be ideally suited to adapt to an increasingly interdisciplinary world.

Programme details DEGREES IN CORNWALL BA/BSc Single Honours Human Sciences* Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 * 4-year programme with Study Abroad or with Professional Placement also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Anthropology (see page 60) Biosciences (see page 70) Environmental Science (see page 98) Geography (see page 104) Liberal Arts (see page 118) Po litics and International Relations (see page 144) Psychology (see page 148) Sociology (see page 156)

‘exeter’ ‘human sciences’ Exeter campuses

BA/BSc Human Sciences

 Who and what are human beings? As

individuals and parts of a society, what problems do human societies face now and in the future? How can we address them? Our BA/BSc Human Sciences is designed to enable you to examine the past and present of humans from the perspectives of both social and biological sciences

 This unique, interdisciplinary programme

covers a broad range of topics. It is designed for those interested in human biology, the environment, social policy, politics, economics and society

Year 1 Introduction to Human Sciences; Environment and Society; Investigating Social and Spatial Environments; Introduction to Evolution and Behavioural Ecology; Analysis of Environmental Data; Tutorials. Optional modules from: Power, Conflict, Inequality: Issues in Global Politics; West Penwith Fieldclass; Physiology; Global Issues in Environmental Science; Physiology. Year 2 Evolution of Human Societies; Key Skills for Human Scientists; Behavioural Ecology; Nature and Culture. Optional modules from: Animal Ecophysiology;

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 114

23/01/2017 10:34

Human Sciences 115

Development of Behaviour; Mathematics of the Environment II; The Politics of Climate Change and Energy; Workplace Learning; Rural Social Issues; Environmental Regulation and Redress; Living with Environmental Change; Time and Place. Final Year The Complexity of Human Societies; Dissertation; Preparing to Graduate; International Field Course*. Optional modules from: Human Behavioural Ecology; The Behavioural Ecology of Information Use; Nature Via Nurture; Climate Change and Society; Energy Policies for a Low Carbon Economy; Issues in Climate Change; Environment and Empire; Sustainability; Waste and Society; Legal Response to Environmental Destruction; Political Psychology of Masses.

Learning and teaching

You will benefit from excellent student:staff ratios, small group tutorials and friendly, accessible staff. Teaching and learning is through lectures, seminars, tutorials, laboratory classes and fieldwork. Throughout your studies, you will engage in fieldwork and laboratory research exploring the social and natural science behind the complexity of human evolution, behaviour and social organisation.

Fieldwork

You will engage in fieldwork of all varieties and in many different environments. We treat Cornwall as a living laboratory, taking learning into the field to explore the incredible landscapes in the region and beyond. In your first year, you’ll have the option to develop key field skills during a week-long residential field course in west Cornwall. In your second year, you will visit the Isles of Scilly. In your third year, you’ll attend an immersive residential field class in an international destination which could include Kenya or Iceland*. This will present you with a fantastic opportunity to witness first-hand the topics studied throughout your programme, as well as enabling you to put your learning into practice and gain new critical research skills. Many modules also include days in the field and you’ll be encouraged to explore Cornwall’s unique environment in dissertation research and independent coursework.

Assessment

Your progress is monitored through tutorial work and practical assessments. The final degree mark is based on approximately 50 per cent exam and 50 per cent coursework assessments. The latter includes a final year dissertation, which is an independent research project in which you study the topic that excites you most. The modules taken in the first year must be passed to progress to the second year but the marks obtained do not influence your final degree classification.

Study Abroad

Once you’re studying at the University of Exeter, you will have the opportunity to apply to study with one of a number of international exchange partner universities. To qualify for an exchange place, we expect you to have successfully completed the first year of your studies with average mark of at least 60 per cent. Places are limited and will be awarded on a competitive basis.

Professional placement

Entry requirements further information GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biologyp; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Mathsp; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

We have established collaborations with local, national and international organisations that you can consider when applying for placement positions. You will gain valuable experience from the work placement and learn to apply the skills learnt during the first and second years, as well as improve personal and transferable skills, make new contacts and enhance employability.

Careers

Our Human Sciences degree will allow you to take full advantage of the growing demand in research organisations, industry and business for graduates who are able to work in the multidisciplinary environments. Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the programme, the breadth of career opportunities. With training in both biological and social sciences, your options are likely to be broader than from a more narrowly focused subject. Whatever path you want to follow after graduation, we’re here to help and support you.

* field course destinations are subject to change

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 115

23/01/2017 10:34

116 Law

Law Experience law-in-action through learning in ‘syndicate meetings’ Exemptions from academic stages of professional training in the UK 85% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent1 Excellent national and international reputation for mooting DEGREES IN EXETER LLB Honours Law LLB English Law and French Law/ Master 1 (Maîtrise en Droit) Law with International Study Graduate LLB Programme information Email: ssis-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723192

Our undergraduate programmes offer an exciting combination of innovative employability-focused approaches to the academic study of law. Our Law degrees deliver a rigorous understanding of legal principles as well as an examination of law in different theoretical and social contexts with a constant eye on regional and global developments. We have a wide variety of optional modules and offer the ability to study overseas. Our degrees will give you all the skills necessary to pursue a career as a lawyer and will also equip you with a firm foundation for other careers. Our academic staff work in a wide range of legal fields from the historical and theoretical, to the socio-legal. We have an established history in Family Law, Legal History and European Law; in addition to these we are also growing strengths in International and Comparative Law, Human Rights, Intellectual Property, and Commercial Law. The research-inspired culture at Exeter will benefit you directly, as you will be taught by established scholars and trained teachers who are consistently informed by their research activities. We offer the opportunity to gain valuable careers experience through our extra-curricular programme. Along with our international reputation for mooting, you will have the opportunity to be involved in pro bono work; the Student Appeals Project which investigates cases subject to appeal; and the Judicial Shadowing programme where you can ‘play judge’; as just a few examples.

The student-run Bracton Law Society is one of the most active and high-profile student societies at the University. The society hosts numerous events during the year, ranging from the prestigious Winter Law Ball, to presentation evenings and topical lectures. Trips to the Inns of Court ensure that both aspiring barristers and solicitors have plenty of opportunities to find out more about what a career in the law involves whilst developing important networking skills. The Law School at Exeter has outstanding facilities, including a purpose-built Moot Court and virtual chambers. Our dedicated Lasok Law Library houses in excess of 40,000 law volumes and – in addition to United Kingdom, Commonwealth and some United States holdings – is particularly strong in European Union, French and German law.

Programme details All our undergraduate degree programmes have a series of compulsory modules which give you exemption from the academic stage of professional training in the UK. On graduation you can proceed to the Legal Practice Course or Bar Professional Training Course.

LLB Law M103 3 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Year 1 and 2 modules are compulsory. Year 3 modules can be chosen from a wide range of specialist law subjects

 Opportunities to see law from a variety of

perspectives and to gain practical experience of law in action

 Year 1 Legal Foundations module will

teach you about the legal system and legal profession. You’ll work in a group to analyse legal institutions such as the courts, lawyers, or tribunals by visiting them and talking to relevant personnel

Year 1 Legal Foundations; Constitutional and Administrative Law; Criminal Law; Law of Contract. Year 2 European Union Law; Land Law; Law of Torts; Trusts; options. Year 3 Options.

Research Excellence Framework based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*

‘exeter’ ‘law’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 116

23/01/2017 10:34

Law 117

LLB English Law and French Law/ Master 1 (Maîtrise en Droit) M120 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 |GCE AL French grade A; IB French HL6

 First three years taught in Exeter, and Year 4 at the University of Rennes 1 following the LLB English Law and French Law/ Master 1 (Maîtrise en Droit) programme

 On successful completion, you will obtain

the dual qualification of LLB English Law and French Law (University of Exeter)/ Master 1 (Maîtrise en Droit) (University of Rennes 1)

 In addition to being exempt from the

academic stages of professional training in the UK, graduates will have the necessary knowledge to pass the aptitude test which enables lawyers from EU Member States to practise as a lawyer in France

 You must be competent in French as the

modules in French law (at Exeter) will be taught in that language

Year 1 Legal Foundations; Constitutional and Administrative Law; Law of Contract; Droit Constitutionnel Français. Year 2 Law of Torts; European Union Law; Land Law; Droit Administratif Français. Year 3 Trusts; Criminal Law; Droit Français des Contrats; options.

Year 2 Law of Torts; European Union Law; Land Law; Trusts; language module relevant to the country in which your third year will be spent. Year 3 You will follow an approved programme of study in a foreign law faculty (France, Germany, Switzerland, Hungary, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands or Romania). Year 4 Trusts; Criminal Law; options.

M124 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AS in a Modern Foreign Language grade B

 Four-year programme that enables you to combine the LLB in English law with a year in a European law faculty

 Study in one of a number of European

countries, and undertake additional language tuition in the first two years to help you develop sufficient competence in your chosen language to follow the programme in the year abroad

Year 1 Legal Foundations; Constitutional and Administrative Law; Law of Contract; language module relevant to the country in which your third year will be spent.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 117

degree with further study in law and then enter a training contract with a firm of solicitors or a pupillage in a barrister’s chambers

 Annual Law Fair for students wishing to

pursue a legal career and the Law School has an employability advisor offering 1:1 careers advice

 College’s Employability and Outreach LLB Law with International Study  Only available after you have taken the first year of our LLB Honours Law programme

 Possibility to transfer onto the LLB with

International Study at the end of the first year if you get marks equivalent to at least a mid-to-high 2:1 in the first-year modules and are nominated by your Personal Tutor: there are only two places per year at each of our partner institutions

 Providing you maintain high academic

levels during your second year, you can expect to spend the third year abroad in a law faculty in Australia, Canada, Singapore, Taiwan or the USA

 Please note that you cannot apply for

this degree initially through UCAS. Please contact the Law School for further information (ssis-admissions@ exeter.ac.uk)

Year 4 Year spent abroad as set out above.

LLB Law with European Study

 Many of our Law graduates follow their

Manager helps facilitate opportunities for work placements and volunteering activities with local firms

 Careers interviews and other employabilityfocused events are a regular feature on campus

Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

For graduates looking to convert to Law after completing their first degree the Exeter Law School offers a Graduate LLB. In collaborative partnership with the University of Law (ULaw), students can also study the Legal Practice Course (LPC) or the Graduate Diploma in Law (GDL) at the University of Exeter.

Careers  We’ll equip you with a wide range of skills suitable not only for a career as a solicitor or barrister, but also in the wider world of finance, administration and commerce

 Skills, such as the assimilation of large

amounts of material, writing concise reports and problem solving, are regarded as essential by many graduate recruiters

23/01/2017 10:34

118 Liberal Arts

Liberal Arts The Liberal Arts approach to undergraduate study enables you to combine in-depth specialisation in the subject of your choice with opportunities to acquire further skills and experience in a wide range of fields You will develop expertise through an individual pathway of study, allowing you to specialise in a subject of your choice – your ‘Major’ You will develop your language skills, alongside a breadth of other skills including communication, problem solving and critical analysis A global model, Liberal Arts is ideally suited for study abroad, with options in the EU, USA, Asia and Australasia DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Liberal Arts Liberal Arts with Study Abroad Liberal Arts with Employment Experience Liberal Arts with Employment Experience Abroad Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Human Sciences (see page 114)

Liberal Arts is an innovative, challenging and interdisciplinary programme, specifically designed to develop your intellectual capabilities and critical skills. It offers flexibility and breadth, complemented by in-depth learning in your chosen field of specialisation – your Major. Alongside your Major you will have the freedom to explore; choosing modules from across humanities, the social sciences and business. You will also develop or extend your language skills and gain a global perspective through addressing contemporary global issues. Through our Liberal Arts core modules you will develop confidence applying a range of approaches and methodologies. You will also work directly with employers and external organisations, researching real-life problems through our innovative Think Tank module. With options to gain work experience as part of your degree programme, you can further develop your employability potential. Our Liberal Arts Programme is aimed at ambitious and versatile students with interests across the humanities, social sciences and business. Not limited by traditional discipline boundaries, you will enjoy the prospect of taking control of your studies whilst still being supported by a structured programme.

Majors offered

Anthropology // Arab and Islamic Studies // Archaeology // Art History & Visual Culture // Classics and Ancient History // Drama // Economics // English // Film Studies // History // International Relations // Marketing/Management // Modern Languages // Philosophy // Politics // Sociology // Theology and Religion

Programmes details BA Liberal Arts LA99 3 yrs

with Study Abroad LA97 4 yrs

with Employment Experience LA94 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad LA95 4 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34

 Develop expertise in your chosen specialisation – your Major

 Maintain the freedom to explore other

‘exeter’ ‘liberal arts’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 118

subjects and structure your degree according to your interests

 Opportunities to gain employment experience or to study abroad

23/01/2017 10:34

Liberal Arts 119

Year 1 Liberal Arts Core Module: Being Human in the Modern World; modules from your chosen Major; a Modern or Ancient Language; modules from a range of other subjects. Year 2 Liberal Arts Core Module: Think Tank; modules from your chosen Major; modules from a range of other subjects; option to continue with study of a Modern or Ancient Language. Year 3 In your final year you will specialise by studying a dissertation in your chosen Major. This will be complemented by: studying modules in your Major; option to continue with study of a Modern or Ancient Language; modules from a range of other subjects.

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

Study Abroad

Careers

A degree in Liberal Arts provides you with a range of transferable and critical analysis skills that are valued by employers across a variety of sectors. Studying Liberal Arts at Exeter allows you to develop specialisms that suit your career goals. These will be of benefit whether you plan to progress straight to employment or pursue further study. As part of our programme you will have the opportunity to undertake a work placement, or work with our network of employers to research an industry-related scenario set by an experienced professional. This will enable you to show potential employers how you can apply your skills and knowledge in the

workplace. In today’s global job market, taking advantage of the chance to study or work abroad equips you with intercultural awareness that is required to succeed in the most competitive fields. You will develop skills in critical thinking, assessing and evaluating information, research and oral and written communication, all of which will enable you to pursue work in a range of sectors. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/careers

ST LUKE’S CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 119

23/01/2017 10:34

120 Mathematics

Mathematics 81% of Mathematics students in graduate level employment or further study within six months of graduating1 10th for Mathematics in The Guardian University Guide 2016 Unique 4-year MSci programmes include named specialisms in Accounting, Ecology and Evolution, Environmental Science, Energy Systems and Control, Climate Science, Mathematical Biology, Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics, or Business and Finance Opportunities to study abroad at a range of partner institutions in Europe, USA, Canada, Australia, and China Strong partnership with the Met Office including joint professors and projects in the mathematics of climate 83% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent2 DEGREES IN EXETER

DEGREES IN CORNWALL

MMath Single Honours Mathematics*

BSc Single Honours Mathematical Sciences Mathematics and Business

MSci Single Honours Mathematics (Climate Science) Mathematics (Mathematical Biology) Mathematics (Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics, Mathematics with Accounting, Economics, Finance or Management)

MSci Single Honours Mathematical Sciences (Ecology and Evolution) Mathematical Sciences (Environmental Science) Mathematical Sciences (Energy Systems and Control)

BSc Single Honours Mathematics Mathematics with Accounting, Economics, Finance or Management BSc Combined Honours Mathematics and Physics Programme information Email: mathematics@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724061

‘exeter’ ‘mathematics’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 120

Programme information Email: mathematics@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724061 * Also available with International Study or Pr ofessional Experience A subject brochure is available on our

website which includes full programme and module details.

Mathematics provides the techniques and language to handle problems from a wide variety of disciplines. It has always been essential for engineering and the physical sciences, and is becoming increasingly important in the life sciences and social sciences. Yet mathematics is not only studied because of its applications; it has a fascination and beauty of its own, characterised by precision and logical rigour. The University of Exeter is an ideal place to study mathematics. Our Streatham Campus provides expertise to cater for student interests across the range of subjects. At the Penryn Campus, Mathematics draws on expertise from the Environment and Sustainability Institute and collaborates with ecology, renewable energy and socio-economics. Our Mathematics department is highly active in the research field and this expertise feeds directly into our degree specialisms. As a student you will be taught by established experts, as they introduce you to contemporary ideas throughout your studies. Our research includes areas of algebraic geometry; number theory; geophysical and astrophysical fluid dynamics; dynamical systems and control; climate modelling; mathematical biology and ecology; and various topics in statistics and optimisation. We offer a rewarding, challenging and varied subject of study, encompassing:

 Mathematical methods: the tools used throughout mathematics and in many other disciplines;

 Pure mathematics: the study of

mathematical objects such as numbers, sets and functions, leading to precise statements and rigorous proofs of their general properties;

 Applied mathematics: modelling and

analysing phenomena ranging from the generation of the Sun’s magnetic field to the formation of the spots on a leopard. Optimisation methods can also be used to solve commercial business problems;

 Probability and statistics: investigating

randomness and change, including pattern recognition and data modelling, with applications to fields as diverse as climate change, insurance and risk assessment.

You may also be interested in: Computer Science and Mathematics (see page 82) Natural Sciences (see page 136) 1

Destination of Leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) Survey of 2014/15 graduates Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*

23/01/2017 10:34

Mathematics 121

Programme details In the first year, most modules are common to all Single Honours degrees. This means that transferring between our programmes, including between three-year and four-year programmes, can generally be arranged during your first year and in some cases up until the end of the second year.

 Provide a strong foundation in all the main areas of mathematics: pure mathematics, applied mathematics and statistics/ optimisation

 MMath degree caters for those considering postgraduate research in mathematics or a career in industrial research and development

 MSci degree prepares you to work in an area of science of major contemporary importance which depends heavily on mathematical tools and models

Year 1 Structures; Methods; Probability, Statistics and Data; Mathematical Modelling.

Year 4 MSci (Climate Science) Fluid Dynamics of Atmospheres and Oceans; Modelling of Weather and Climate; The Climate System; Project; options. Year 4 MSci (Mathematical Biology) Mathematical Modelling in Biology and Medicine. Options from: Logic and Philosophy of Mathematics; Modelling the Weather and Climate; Statistical Modelling in Space and Time. Year 4 MSci (Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics) Fluid Dynamics of Atmospheres and Oceans; Waves, Instabilities and Turbulence; Magnetic Fields and Fluid Flows; MSci project; options.

MSci/BSc Mathematics with Accounting, Economics, Finance or Management with Accounting MSci G1N5 4 yrs | BSc G1N4 3 yrs with Economics MSci G1N7 4 yrs | BSc G1L1 3 yrs

with Finance MSci G1N8 4 yrs | BSc G1N3 3 yrs with Management MSci G1N6 4 yrs | BSc G1N2 3 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL MathematicsÌ grade A; IB Maths HL6

 Similar to BSc in Mathematics, but at

least 25 per cent of modules are replaced by modules in Accounting, Economics, Finance or Management as appropriate

 Take further modules in the subsidiary subject as electives in the second and third years

 Combination of skills developed during these programmes make graduates very attractive

Year 2 Real and Complex Analysis; Differential Equations and Vector Calculus; Algebra; Statistical Modelling and Inference; Numerics, Data and Modelling.

 In MSci pathways your 4th year will involve

Year 3 Mathematics Group Project; Commercial and Industrial Experience. Wide range of optional modules, including Mathematics: History and Culture. On the MMath and MSci programmes, there is also the chance to study abroad for a semester in the USA, Canada or Australia.

 Flexibility offered in our range of MSci

Year 4 MMath Project; options from a range of advanced modules.

further advanced modules relevant to your pathway, and a substantial researchled M-level project supervised by a staff member in the appropriate research group

programmes will enable you to study a subject that reflects both your mathematical interests and career aspirations

toCombined a wide range Honours of employers

Mathematics may be studied with Physics. For details of the second subject, please see the relevant subject entry. We also offer three or four-year degrees in Computer Science and Mathematics, and a four-year BSc in Computer Science and Mathematics with Industrial Placement (see page xx).

Flexible Combined Honours Mathematics may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

BSc Mathematics and Business Y003 3 yrs

with Study Abroad Y012 4 yrs

with UK Work Experience Y009 4 yrs with Work Abroad Y011 4 yrs

A*AA-ABB | IB: 38-32 | for details of required subjects, see www.exeter.ac.uk/fch/entry

 Study highly complementary subjects  Within the world of business, mathematics is the tool which enables analysis and quantification, allowing businesses to maximise their potential and prosper

 Allows you to develop a comprehensive

understanding of mathematics, and recognise its important relation to business

 You will be introduced to various sectors within the business industry, developing vital entrepreneurial skills needed for successful progression in your career

 Opportunity to apply your knowledge

through work experience in the UK or overseas during the third year UK or overseas in your third year

Year 1 Business and Society; Theory and Practice of Management; Vectors and Matrices; Calculus and Geometry; Advanced Calculus; Fundamentals of Interdisciplinary Mathematics I; Dynamics; Probability and Statistics. Year 2 Project Management; Strategic Concepts for Business; Data Signals and Systems; Linear Algebra; Differential Equations; Fundamentals of Interdisciplinary Mathematics II; Vector Calculus; Statistical Modelling.

see Entry requirements further information box overleaf

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 121

23/01/2017 10:34

122 Mathematics

Mathematics

CONTINUED

Year 3 Project; Work Placement. Options from: Social and Technological Innovation; Globalisation and Internationalisation; Crisis; Change and Creativity in Organisations; Graphs and Networks; Mathematical Biology; Nonlinear Systems; Partial Differential Equations; Bayesian Inference.

 BSc Mathematical Sciences combines

traditional subjects with advanced courses in statistics, programming, and data science

 Prepares you for the array of numerate

and analytical professions that are found at the core of both modern research and the digital economy

 MSci programmes offer named specialisms in Ecology and Evolution, Environmental Science, Energy Systems and Control

Year 1 Scientific Programming; Vectors and Matrices; Calculus and Geometry; Fundamentals of Interdisciplinary Mathematics 1; Advanced Calculus; Probability and Statistics; Dynamics; Information Systems. Year 2 Linear Algebra; Differential Equations; Stochastic Processes; Fundamentals of Interdisciplinary Mathematics 2; Data and Signals; options. Year 3 Industrial Placement; Mathematical Sciences Project; Data Analytics. Options including: Graphs and Networks; Mathematical Biology and Ecology; Issues in Climate Change; Statistical Inference; Smart Energy and Energy Storage Technologies. Year 4 MSci (Ecology and Evolution) Ecological Dynamics; Advanced Statistical Methods; Research Project; Field Course; Options from: Terrestrial Biodiversity and Conservation; Marine Biodiversity and Conservation. Year 4 MSci (Environmental Science) Field Course; Research Project. Options from: Climate, Hazard and Risk Assessment; Data Handling and Visualisation; * Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 122

Understanding Environmental Change; Ecological Responses to Climate Change. Year 4 MSci (Energy Systems and Control) Field Course; Research Project. Options from: Advanced Wind Energy; Advanced Marine Renewable Energy; Solar Energy; Research and Innovation.

Learning and teaching

Teaching is mainly via lectures, but our comprehensive arrangements for tutorial classes, mathematics surgeries and office hours, especially in the first two years, ensure that you receive excellent support from staff. You will have a personal tutor who is available for advice and support throughout your studies. Computer practicals help to develop skills as well as mathematical insight.

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond your main subject area if you are studying a Single Honours degree, dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure.

Careers  A degree in mathematics from Exeter will

 Our graduates are successful in a variety of

fields across the public and private sector. Many graduates choose to develop their degree further and specialise in an area of interest. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Mathematics or Further Maths.

enable you to gain skills such as analytical problem solving, data handling using modern software and an ability to tackle complex concepts.

Mathematics pathways Mathematics modules are organised into streams, particularly in Years 1 and 2. These then open out into a wide choice of related modules in Years 3 and 4, many linked to staff research interests. This structure will enable you to choose options as you move through the degree programme, to match your mathematical interests and career aspirations:

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Algebra

Pure Maths

Structures Analysis Methods

Applied

Statistics

Dynamical Systems Biology GAFD*

Climate Science

Modelling

Statistics

23/01/2017 10:34

Mathematics 123

Rugby Varsity Cheered on by thousands of students, the University’s rugby 1st team competes against Bath University in an annual varsity game, hosted at Exeter Chief’s Sandy Park stadium. In recent years Exeter has won 41-0, and Exeter is ranked 1st in BUCS for Rugby Union.

SANDY PARK, EXETER

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 123

23/01/2017 10:34

124 Medical Imaging (Diagnostic Radiography)

Medical Imaging

(Diagnostic Radiography) 2nd for Radiography in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 2nd in the Russell Group for overall satisfaction in the National Student Survey 20161 97% of Medical Imaging students in graduate level employment or further study within six months of graduating2 Accredited by the Society and College of Radiographers and approved by the Health and Care Professions Council Clinical placements in 10 hospitals across Cornwall, Devon, Dorset and Somerset

Medical Imaging (Diagnostic Radiography) ensures that you have the skills required to successfully embark on a career as a Diagnostic Radiographer; an essential role in the modern healthcare setting. We have specialist facilities for radiography including a diagnostic x-ray room with digital imaging and ultrasound facilities where practical work is undertaken; and laboratories for computing and practical physics work, for putting theory into practice. Medical Imaging is based in the newly refurbished £10.5 million Medical School centre housing state-of-the-art facilities.

Programme details BSc Medical Imaging (Diagnostic Radiography) B821 3 yrs

AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30 | GCE AL science grade C; IB science HL4: GCSE Maths grade C

 Gain the skills required to successfully

DEGREES IN EXETER BSc Single Honours Medical Imaging (Diagnostic Radiography) Programme information Email: medicalimaging@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725500

embark on a career as a Diagnostic Radiographer on graduation

 Learn to be a caring healthcare professional who offers high levels of patient care in a multi-professional environment and develop confidence in your technical and academic ability

 Undertake clinical placements in hospitals around the South West

Year 1 Introduction to Radiation Physics; Research and Evidence Based Professional Practice; Foundations of Patient Care; Anatomy and Physiology; Radiographic Anatomy; Clinical Imaging 1; Practice Placement. Year 2 Clinical Imaging 2 and 3; Project Studies; Science for Medical Imaging; Pathology for Radiographers; Practice Placement. Year 3 Practice Placement; Project Studies; Skeletal Image Interpretation; Digital Image Processing for Radiographers; Professional Skills for Radiographers.

98 per cent of Medical Technology students agreed they were satisfied with our teaching Destination of Leavers from Higher Education Survey (DLHE) of 2014/15 undergraduates

‘exeter’ ‘medical imaging’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 124

23/01/2017 10:34

Medical Imaging (Diagnostic Radiography) 125

Careers

A radiography degree is a passport to an interesting job and a fulfilling career. Graduate starting salaries begin from £20,000 and there is a grading structure that sees an individual’s salary increase as they move up the profession. There are also opportunities to develop into management, advanced practice, consultant, research and academic posts. Radiographers trained in the UK are recognised as being among the best in the world and health providers recruit internationally from the UK. On graduation, you will be eligible to apply for registration as a Diagnostic Radiographer with the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) and for membership of the Society and College of Radiographers.

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

Programme requirement Offers for this degree will be conditional upon students completing an Enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check disclosure, which is deemed satisfactory, and satisfying full health assessments (see below).

Health assessments Candidates will be required to provide satisfactory health clearance. International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/applications

Interviews Successful candidates at the initial application stage will be invited to an interview.

EXETER CANAL

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 125

23/01/2017 10:34

126 Medical Sciences

Medical Sciences Top 10 in the UK for Biosciences in The Guardian University Guide 20171 90% of Medical Sciences students progressing into employment or further study within six months of graduation2 83% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent3 Study pathways in Health Research, Human Genomics, Neuroscience or Pharmacology and Therapeutics Innovative approaches to individual and group learning DEGREES IN EXETER BSc Single Honours Medical Sciences* Medical Sciences (Human Genomics)* Medical Sciences (Neuroscience)* Medical Sciences (Pharmacology and Therapeutics)* Sport and Exercise Medical Sciences* Programme information Email: medicine@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725500 * Also available with Professional Training Year

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Biosciences (see page 70) Human Sciences (see page 114) Medicine (see page 128) Natural Sciences (see page 136)

St Luke’s and Streatham campuses Our Medical Sciences programmes prioritise the science and professional skills that underpin medical and clinical practice, preparing you to translate scientific discoveries and technological advances into improved healthcare. A wide range of investigative placements run throughout the programmes. The longest of these placements takes place in the third year, when many students take the option to spend a whole year working in knowledge industry, a university or an NHS laboratory. Whether you choose to do the three or four-year programme, your final year will be spent specialising in the area that interests you most, tailoring your degree to match your specific career ambitions.

Programme Details BSc (Hons) Medical Sciences Medical Sciences B100 3 yrs (B101 4 yrs) | Medical Sciences (Human Genomics) B109 3 yrs (B119 4 yrs) | Medical Sciences (Neuroscience) B106 3 yrs (B116 4 yrs) | Medical Sciences (Pharmacology and Therapeutics) B105 3 yrs (B115 4 yrs) AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | At least one grade A and one grade B in GCE AL science subjects, one of which must be Biology; at least one HL6 and one HL5 in IB science subjects, one of which must be Biology

 Provides a firm foundation in the core

biomedical, biomolecular and physiological sciences, alongside an insight into medical practice and the technologies used to prevent or diagnose disorders and treat patients

 Develop an integrated, scientific knowledge

that you can put into practice in a clinical setting and a range of robust research skills, plus creative and inquisitive communication, leadership, critical appraisal and problemsolving skills

 Flexibility of four optional pathways: Human Genomics, Neuroscience, Pharmacology and Therapeutics, and Health Research

Medical Sciences is included with other related subjects in this category respondents to the Destination of Leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) Survey of 2014/15 graduates 3 Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*. Medical Sciences is returned to the Clinical Medicine Unit of Assessment 1

‘exeter’ ‘medical sciences’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 126

23/01/2017 10:34

Medical Sciences 127

Year 1 Typical modules include: Integrated Clinical Science (learn growth and development, immune system, respiration and metabolism and the nervous system), Biochemistry and Genetic (one module); Fundamental Skills of Medical Scientists; Microbiology and Cell (one module). Year 2 Typical modules include: Principles of Good Medical Research; Disease, Diagnostics and Therapeutics (DDT); Genomics and Introductory Biotechnology. Options from: Advanced Cell Biology; Molecular Biology of the Gene; Molecular Microbiology; Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry.

Work Placements

A range of short laboratory placements will give you the opportunity to gain excellent first-hand experiences of how innovative research can improve patient health.

Professional Training Year

Gives you the opportunity to gain invaluable experience working in a cutting-edge research team, helping to improve patient health through applied research.

Year 3 Professional Training Year (PTY) Optional competitive-entry placement year. Experience first-hand, and gain insight into, health, medical or clinical research environments and develop your employmentfocused transferrable skills.

Careers  Postgraduate study (MSc or PhD), either

Final Year Typical modules include: Translational Medical Science. Options from: Cellular Basis of Immunity; Medical Imaging; Frontiers in Molecular Cell Biology; Managing Clinical Trials; Cell Biology of Disease; Microbial Effectors of Disease; Molecular Basis of Infection; Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry.

 Employment in knowledge industries, such

BSc Sport and Exercise Medical Sciences BC03 3 yrs (BC04 4 yrs)

at a university or with the NHS, eg, on the NHS Scientist Training Programme (STP) or Physician Associate as pharmaceuticals or medical technology. Roles might include research and development, clinical trials, or sales and marketing

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

 Training and employment to become a

medical/scientific journalist, a regulatory affairs specialist or scientific officer in the Civil Service

 Graduate entry to professional degrees

such as radiotherapy, genetic counselling, medicine, dentistry or other accredited healthcare programmes.

Our Sport and Exercise Medical Sciences programme blends an understanding of the pathology, prevention and treatment of acute disease/injury, with the science underpinning the optimal preparation, performance and rehabilitation/recovery of the athlete or healing patient. Please see page 160 for details.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 127

23/01/2017 10:34

128 Medicine

DEGREES IN EXETER

Medicine 5th in the Russell Group for Overall Satisfaction in the National Student Survey 20161 10th in the UK for Medicine in The Guardian University Guide 2017 83% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent2 Clinical experience from the first month of the programme Graduates who are among the best prepared for safe and effective patient care

St Luke’s Campus The five-year BMBS programme draws on the strength of our partnership with the NHS in Devon and Cornwall to provide a unique learning experience in healthcare. It develops skills for lifelong learning and the professional attitudes that you will need throughout your medical career. The importance of a multiprofessional perspective is a key component and, during the programme, you will learn from and with other healthcare professionals. The curriculum provides a clinical focus that is forward-thinking and meets the needs of students who want to work as doctors in an increasingly integrated, internationalised health environment.

Programme details BMBS Medicine

DEGREES IN EXETER BMBS Medicine Programme information Email: medicine@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725500 You may also be interested in: Medical Sciences (see page 128)

A100 5 yrs

A*AA-AAA | IB: 38-36 | GCE AL Biology and Chemistry grade A. General Studies is not included in any offer. IB: Chemistry and Biology at HL6

 Delivers the essential knowledge and skills for your role as a newly qualified doctor, whilst allowing you a degree of freedom in choosing a wide range of Special Study Units

 Integrates science and clinical skills, and

exposure to the clinical environment begins in your first week

 Study in a variety of clinical locations

across the South West: in hospitals, General Practice and the wider health community

Years 1 and 2 For your first two years, you will be based at the St Luke’s Campus, Exeter and experience university life to the full. The curriculum in the first two years is based on the human life-cycle, with emphasis on acquiring core knowledge of biomedical, psychological, sociological and population health aspects of medicine, and relating this to medical scenarios.

1 2

94 per cent of Medicine students agreed they were satisfied Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*. Medicine is returned to the Clinical Medicine Unit of Assessment

‘exeter’ ‘medicine’ Exeter campuses

Years 3 and 4 In the third and fourth years, you will be based at either the Royal Devon and Exeter Foundation Trust in Exeter or at the Royal Cornwall Hospital in Truro. You will rotate through a series of hospital and community placements which provide extensive experience of a wide range of clinical settings. Your learning is centred on patients, and will continue to develop your problem solving skills and increase your experience with the widest possible array of clinical scenarios.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 128

23/01/2017 10:34

Medicine 129

Year 5 In your final year, you will learn the job of medicine and start to develop your understanding of principles of practice in the NHS. You’ll undertake a series of apprenticeship attachments in hospitals in Exeter, Truro, Barnstaple and Torbay, as well as General Practices across the South West. At this stage, you will have developed the personal and learning skills required to analyse and evaluate patients’ conditions and to suggest forms of clinical management. You’ll also take an elective which may involve clinical or research placements, or a combination of both. Many students take this opportunity to see the practice of medicine in another part of the world. Intercalation between Years 4 and 5 You may have the opportunity to intercalate and study 120 credits from another Bachelor’s degree (usually the final year) or a one-year Masters degree. Foundation Year At the end of the undergraduate programme you will receive your BMBS degree, which is a primary medical qualification. This entitles you to provisional registration with the General Medical Council. Provisionally registered doctors can only practise in approved foundation year one posts: the law does not allow provisionally registered doctors to undertake any other type of work. To obtain a foundation year one post you will need to apply during the final year of your undergraduate degree through the UK Foundation Programme Office selection scheme, which allocates these posts to graduates on a competitive basis.

Entry requirements further information UK Clinical Aptitude Test (UKCAT) If applying with predicted or achieved A levels, you will be required to sit the UK Clinical Aptitude Test (UKCAT). This is a non-science based aptitude test which will measure your critical thinking, problem solving skills, empathy and learning techniques. Applications will be sorted according to academic profile and UKCAT results in order to determine which applicants will receive an offer of an interview. Non-direct School Leavers If you are applying with an existing degree, or if it will be more than two full academic years (September to August) since you completed your A levels or equivalent qualifications when you enter the BMBS programme, you will be required to sit the Graduate Medical School Admissions Test (GAMSAT). Results from the test will be used alongside the other information contained on your UCAS form to select non-direct school leavers for interview. Both the GAMSAT sub-tests and the overall score will be considered. Completing your application form All applications for full-time study must be made through UCAS. The deadline for applications to UCAS is 15 October 2017. No more than four choices should be used for clinical programmes. Please note that meeting the typical offer range does not guarantee being shortlisted for an interview.

Interviews Successful candidates at the initial application stage will be invited to an interview. Health assessments All applicants invited to interview will be required to complete a health questionnaire and those accepting an offer will be screened by the Occupational Health Department. All medical students will be required to have tests to determine their Hepatitis B surface antigen, TB and HIV status. All offers are conditional upon a Criminal Conviction Self Declaration and an enhanced disclosure check via the Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS). We will review all significant reports of convictions, cautions and verbal warnings and decide on a candidate’s suitability to enter the programme. International applicants We welcome and encourage applications from suitably qualified international students who are either self-funded, supported by scholarships from their respective governments, or sponsored by scholarship programmes operated by the British Council and similar funding bodies. Please see our website for details of entry requirements: www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/medicine

REED HALL, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 129

23/01/2017 10:35

130 Mining Engineering

Mining Engineering 89% of Mining Engineering students in graduate level employment or further study within six months of graduating1 7th for Materials and Mineral Engineering in The Guardian University Guide 2017 Accredited by the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (IOM3) Paid placement opportunities around the world Taught by the internationally renowned Camborne School of Mines DEGREES IN CORNWALL MEng/BEng Single Honours Mining Engineering* Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 * MEng also available with Industrial Experience

Mining engineers are primarily responsible for the safe and economic production of the Earth’s minerals. They work with metal ores, diamonds, coal, oil and industrial minerals such as clays, granites and limestone. Many mines involve deep underground excavations with high temperatures and very large stresses in the rock; others involve surface working in quarries, open pits and strip mines. Our Mining Engineering programmes are taught at our Penryn Campus by the University’s Camborne School of Mines (CSM) which has been training mining engineers for over 125 years. Many extractive industry operations around the world will have a CSM mining engineer somewhere within their staff. CSM is one of the best equipped departments of its kind in Europe. Our staff are actively involved in research and you will benefit from their cutting-edge knowledge and our research facilities. We are also the only university in the UK to have its own test mine for teaching and research. Our programmes provide the knowledge and understanding of geology, rock mechanics, engineering design, economics, surveying, management and associated practical skills that will enable you to make a valuable contribution as soon as you are employed. The programmes are very wide ranging and so also provide an excellent basis for careers in engineering management.

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Engineering (see page 90) Geology (see page 104)

Destination of Leavers from Higher Education Survey (DLHE) of 2014/15 undergraduates

‘exeter’ ‘mining’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 130

23/01/2017 10:35

Mining Engineering 131

Programme details BEng/MEng Mining Engineering BEng J110 3 yrs | AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30 | MEng J113 4 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL grade B in two sciencev subjects including either Physics or Chemistry; or GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and GCSE science; IB two sciences HL5 including either Physics or Chemistry or HL Maths and GCSE Maths grade C with Industrial Experience J114 4 yrs | AABABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL grade B in two sciencev subjects including either Physics or Chemistry; or GCE AL MathsÌ at grade B and GCSE science; IB two sciences HL5 including either Physics or Chemistry or HL Maths and GCSE Maths grade C

 Multidisciplinary and vocational

programme allows you to put theoretical knowledge into practice through field trips and a summer industrial placement which can be spent overseas

 Mining Engineering degree programmes

are professionally accredited by the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (IOM3), providing the opportunity for you to work towards Chartered Engineer status after you graduate

Year 1 Mathematics; Surveying and CAD; Mining and Minerals Engineering; Geology; Engineering Mechanics; Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics and Electrical and Electronic Principles. You will also attend a one-week induction course at our test mine and learn to use mining equipment and explosives safely. Year 2 Fluid Mechanics; Mathematics; Geotechnics; Mining and Surveying; Electrical Energy Conversion and Transport; Surface Mining and Mine Transport; Project Management and Accounting; Mechanics of Materials. During the vacation between your second and third year, you will work in the mining industry for at least eight weeks. Most students work overseas during this period. Year 3 Surface Excavation Design; Safety and Sustainable Development; Minerals Engineering; Tunnelling and Excavation Design; Industrial Placement and Project; Working Environment and Ventilation; Mining Economics and Design; Feasibility Study.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 131

Year 4 (MEng only) Individual Research Project; Group Design Project; Mine Automation; Advanced Mine Design; Advanced Mine Ventilation and Modelling; Mineral Process Design.

Learning and teaching

Our teaching includes lectures, tutorials, laboratory work, field courses, feasibility studies and projects. You will undertake blasting trials, ventilation surveys, surface and underground surveying exercises and operation of mining equipment. You will also gain work experience in the mining/extractive industry during the vacation of your second year and participate in an industrial tour.

Module choice

Option modules can extend beyond Mining Engineering: dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure, it may be possible to study option modules outside your subject area.

Scholarships

For Mining Engineering funding opportunities please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/mining

Careers

Graduates have gone on to successfully work in a wide variety of roles, both in the UK and overseas. These areas include tunneling, civil engineering design, oil and gas industry and even within marketing and operations management. Information about graduate careers can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/careers

Entry requirements further information GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Maths▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

Programme requirement Applicants studying the following BTEC Extended Diplomas will be considered without GCE AL requirement(s): Engineering.

❖

Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths. Ì

Industrial Experience

The MEng Mining Engineering with Industrial Experience programme includes an industrial placement prior to the start of your third year, followed by a research project based on your placement experience. We find that our students gain valuable experience from working in industry. As well as increasing their first-hand knowledge, they also improve personal and transferable skills, make new contacts and enhance their employability.

23/01/2017 10:35

132 Modern Languages

Modern Languages Top 150 in worldwide rankings for the subject1 Highly flexible degrees involving one, two or three languages Final degree title represents your choices eg, BA French; BA Spanish with Russian; BA Italian and Portuguese; BA Chinese, French and German 4-year degrees with a well-structured year abroad which may be spent teaching English, on a work placement or in university study DEGREES IN EXETER BA Modern Languages Single Honours – select French, German, Italian, Russian or Spanish. For Combined Honours, choose two or three languages from any of the above including Chinese and Portuguese. BA Combined Honours We also offer a wide range of Combined Honours Modern Language degrees with another subject. Please see under each language section for details. Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Arab and Islamic Studies (see page 62)

Modern Languages at Exeter is one of the leading and most respected centres for modern languages research, teaching and learning in the UK. Our department comprises seven major language areas: Chinese (Mandarin), French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish and, through optional choices, you will expand your study to cultural modules that cover literature, history, linguistics and film. Our degrees offer a high level of choice, allowing you to focus on a main language and its culture, combine two or three languages (BA Modern Languages only) or study a language alongside another subject. You can tailor your degree to your strengths by taking up additional languages or specialising in a particular language area during your time here. You can also choose to focus on discovering the societies and cultures where these languages are spoken or on studying languages and linguistics. We understand that your interests are likely to change and grow during the course of your degree; our flexible degree structure allows you to adapt your studies to your evolving interests. Your final degree title will fully reflect the choices you have made and clearly represent your expertise in particular languages and cultures.

Programme details BA Modern Languages BA Single Honours (one language)/Combined Honours (two or three languages) R900 4 yrs | AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | see table overleaf for required subjects

All our languages, with the exception of French, are available from beginners’ level (please refer to our entry requirements).

Chinese  Study Chinese with one or two other languages*

 Understanding Chinese culture and the

language is of increasing strategic importance due to its growing global significance

 Explore Chinese (Mandarin) language and

QS World University Rankings 2016

‘exeter’ ‘languages’ Exeter campuses

culture in depth, through topics ranging over Chinese literature, art, architecture and visual culture

 Strong international links to a global research community

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 132

23/01/2017 10:35

Modern Languages 133

Combining Chinese with other subjects

Chinese can be studied with Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

French  French can be studied on its own, or with up to two other languages

 Study across a variety of modules such

as cultural studies from the Middle Ages to the present; literature and the visual arts; film; linguistics; philosophy and gender studies

 A language of commercial importance, combining cultures on both sides of the Atlantic

Combining French with other subjects

French can be studied with Arabic, Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. Combined Honours students take the core language modules and a selection of options. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

German  The German language is a passport to a

diverse community and can be studied at both post-A level and beginners’ level

 Study as a subject on its own or with up to two other languages

 Our wide ranging approach to teaching includes the classics of literature; film and thought; the study of museums and exhibitions; cultural memory and urban culture

 An innovative body of research

feeds directly into our undergraduate programmes, ensuring you have access to the latest knowledge and ideas

Combining German with other subjects

German can be studied with Arabic, Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. Combined Honours students take the core

language modules and a selection of options. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

 Your degree will ensure you’re trained to a

Italian  Study Italian on its own, or with a

Combining Russian with other subjects

maximum of two other languages

 We offer a broad range of topics which

could include Italian film, contemporary literature, linguistics (including dialectology) and Italy’s political history

 Learn in an engaging research-active

environment, covering numerous aspects of Italian culture

Combining Italian with other subjects

Italian can be studied with Arabic, Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

Portuguese  Study Portuguese with one or two other languages*

 Engage with one of the most widely-spoken languages in the world

 Learn in an engaging research-active

environment examining topics including Portuguese cultures; literatures and linguistics; the established and emerging dialects of Portuguese, as well as the current sociolinguistic situation in Lusophone Africa and creole societies

Combining Portuguese with other subjects

Portuguese can be studied with Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

Russian  Russian can be studied on its own, or with a maximum of two other languages

 Learn about a centuries-old culture which

high level of proficiency in reading, writing and speaking in Russian

Russian can be studied with Arabic, Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

Spanish  Spanish can be studied on its own or with a maximum of two other languages

 Understand the historical development

of Spain and the Hispanic world and be introduced to some of the finest and most famous works of art and literature, including the visual arts, painting and cinema

 One of the most valuable and exciting languages you can learn

Combining Spanish with other subjects

Spanish can be studied with Arabic, Art History & Visual Culture, Classical Studies, English, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Latin, Philosophy, Politics or Sociology. Students take the core language modules and a number of option modules. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject entry.

Flexible Combined Honours Modern Languages can also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Foreign Language Centre

All our students at the Streatham and Penryn campuses have the opportunity to take up languages as part of their undergraduate degree. See page 18 for more details.

Facilities

All language students have access to the language-learning facilities provided by our Foreign Language Centre.

has had an huge influence on our present view of the world

 Experience and understand the great works

of literature and art that shaped Russian life

* only one language can be studied from beginners’ level

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 133

23/01/2017 10:35

134 Modern Languages

Modern Languages Year Abroad

One of the major attractions of a language degree is the Year Abroad in your third year of study (apart from students taking Combined Honours with Arabic, who spend their second year in an Arabic-speaking country). It is an opportunity to immerse yourself in a foreign culture, and to enhance your communication and language skills. You will learn to live in a different culture, developing your independence and adaptability. If you are studying two of our core languages you will normally spend the academic year (a minimum of seven months) in the country of the language in which you are less proficient. If you are studying at post-A level in both languages, you may be able to spend half of the year in one country and half in the other. For your Year Abroad (depending on the language studied) you will have the following options: studying at a partner university; teaching English (on a British Council placement) or working in other employment. Whichever option you choose, we will ensure that you receive advice and guidance about academic and practical matters before you leave, and will put in place a well-defined support network for you while you are abroad. Full details of our schemes and our partner institutions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/studyabroad

Careers

A Modern Languages degree from Exeter provides you with a range of academic, personal and professional skills that prepare you for future employment. Linguists not only have the same range of skills as other students in the Arts (eg, gathering and evaluating information, presenting convincing arguments and managing deadlines); but they can also do all this in a foreign language and, if asked to, in a foreign country. This added value allows languages graduates to access employment in a wide range of fields such as finance, translation, law, journalism, marketing and communications, business, the Civil Service and education. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Completing your UCAS form

When completing your UCAS form for R900, indicate under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application those languages you wish to study to degree level, using the abbreviations below, separated by a space. It may be possible to study further languages to a lower level of proficiency than degree level in the Foreign Language Centre, subject to demand: this is arranged on registration at Exeter. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 134

CONTINUED

Language requirements  Grade B at A level is required in any

language you intend to study from A level.

 If you wish to study three languages, grade A at A level is required in two languages.

 If you are studying just one language

(French, German, Italian, Russian or Spanish at A level/IB), you will continue to study this language at Exeter and may, if you wish, study a new language. If you are studying more than one of these languages at A level/IB you must continue to study at least one of these languages at Exeter and may, if you wish, study a new language.

 You may not take exclusively a beginners’ language.

 You may not take two languages at

Entry requirements further information Information about changing language choices after you have applied, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/languages International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www. exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

beginners’ level. Students wishing to pursue language study on the basis of a GCSE are normally classed as beginners.

 German, Italian, Russian and Spanish can be

studied either from A level or from beginners’ level, with both cohorts reaching degree level in the final year. Portuguese and Chinese can normally only be studied from beginners’ level with students attaining degree level in the final year. French can only be studied from A level, not beginners’ level, to degree level, though it is possible to study French from beginners’ level to a lesser level of proficiency than degree level in the Foreign Language Centre, subject to demand.

SELECTING YOUR CHOSEN LANGUAGE CODE

SUBJECT

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

Fren

French

GCE AL French grade B; IB French HL5

Chin

Chinese (Mandarin)

Germ

German

Ital

Italian

Port

Portuguese

Russ

Russian

GCE AL in a modern foreign language (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish) grade B; IB modern foreign language (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish) HL5

Span

Spanish

You may choose one, two or three languages, however you may only study one language from beginners’ level (see further details below). French, German, Italian, Russian and Spanish are available as Single Honours degrees. All of the languages in the table above are available as Combined Honours degrees within BA Modern Languages, but please note if you choose to study Chinese (Mandarin) or Portuguese you will need to select at least one other language.

23/01/2017 10:35

135

One of the reasons I chose Exeter was its campus. The thought of studying with all the facilities together was far more appealing to me than a university with buildings spread throughout a city. The Law School is also highly recognised, and there are a huge number of extra-curricular activities, which I found out about when I attended an Open Day. I have become a very active student. Last year I was appointed as the Senior Law Representative, while also taking up the responsibilities of a Residence Life Mentor and a Pathways to Law Mentor. I’ve also undertaken several work experiences in law firms, including a paid summer internship, all facilitated by the University. I am also Vice President for both the Islamic Society and Pakistani Society, giving me the chance to develop leadership skills, fantastic for employability. Exeter has truly helped me gain confidence and other crucial skills. It provides a huge range of opportunities that I am always grabbing. I love Exeter and would never regret choosing it. Iqra Ali, LLB Law, second year, from London

THE FORUM, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 135

23/01/2017 10:35

136 Natural Sciences

Natural Sciences Contribute to our understanding of critical global issues and find solutions to the challenges they present Develop skills required to excel in multidisciplinary science careers Study with a community of internationally respected scientists 3-year BSc or 4-year research-focused MSci £260 million investment in science, engineering and medicine DEGREES IN EXETER MSci/BSc Single Honours Natural Sciences Programme information Email: naturalsciences@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724061 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Biosciences (see page 70) Mathematics (see page 120) Physics (see page 140)

Finding solutions to the key challenges facing society, from an ageing population to climate change, requires a new scientific approach inspired by a new generation of scientists. Increasingly, the advances being made are occurring as the barriers between traditional subjects break down. This multidisciplinary approach relies on the application of core skills and knowledge from familiar scientific disciplines to new areas. Our Natural Sciences degrees give you the opportunity to advance in the more traditional subjects, whilst also engaging with inspirational new areas of modern scientific innovation and research such as mathematical and computational biology; biophysical, biochemical and biomedical science; materials science and materials chemistry; the science of oceans, atmospheres and climate; astrophysics and energy research. These are challenging degrees designed for highly motivated and curious students combining flexibility, choice and intellectual rigour. They will place you at the centre of the learning process and provide the opportunity to work alongside world-leading researchers who are exploring some of the most important scientific developments of the 21st century. They will enable you to develop the essential skills and knowledge that will allow you to make a real contribution to these challenges. These degrees ensure that you build solid foundations in the fundamentals of physical, biological and mathematical sciences, while providing flexibility to specialise in areas of specific interest as the programmes progress. You have the opportunity to switch between the three-year BSc programme and the four-year MSci programme as your interests and career aspirations develop.

‘exeter’ ‘natural sciences’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 136

23/01/2017 10:35

Natural Sciences 137

Programme details MSci/BSc Natural Sciences MSci FGC0 4 yrs | BSc CGF0 3 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another from Physics, Chemistry or Biology at grade B; IB Maths HL5 and Physics, Chemistry or Biology HL5

 Explore the scientific concepts required

to explain the natural world; from the properties of novel nano-materials such as graphene, to the richness of the living world and complex dynamic systems such as the Earth’s climate

 Specialise in traditional subject areas and

engage with the inspirational new areas of modern scientific innovation and research

 Four-year MSci programme gives you

the opportunity to join a research group associated with these themes, undertake an extended research project and contribute to cutting-edge science

 Allows you to take full advantage of the

growing demand in research organisations, industry and business for graduates who are able to work in the multidisciplinary scientific environments of the future

Year 3 Individual Research Project; Group Project. Three options from a wide range including: Mathematical Biology and Ecology; Biophysics of Cells and Tissues; Ecology of Environmental Change; Fluid Dynamics; Frontiers in Molecular Cell Biology; Mathematical Biology and Ecology; Mathematics of Climate Change. Year 4 (MSci only) Research Project. Three or four options from a wide range including: Dynamical Systems and Chaos; Physical Methods in Biology and Medicine; Stars.

Learning and teaching

Study within a community of internationally respected scientists, whose enthusiasm for research is matched by their passion for teaching. They will ensure that you reach the required level across physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics and computing over the course of the first year. Our teaching methods make full use of traditional and contemporary approaches, including lectures, tutorials, laboratory sessions, study groups and web-based learning. During core modules, you will learn through practical work, problem solving, project work, teamwork and research projects, all of which are designed to help you develop analytical skills and scientific acumen: key qualities for success for the rest of your degree and your future career.

Year 1 Foundations in Natural Science; Frontiers in Science 1; Mathematics and Computing: Integrative Tools for Natural Sciences; Experimental Science.

Module choice

Year 2 Frontiers in Science 2. Options from: Electromagnetism I; Thermal Physics; Physical Chemistry; Differential Equations; Systems, Series and Transforms; Quantum Mechanics I; Condensed Matter I; Structure and Reactivity of Organic Compounds II; Physics of Living Systems; Bioinorganic Chemistry; Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry; Ecology and Environment; Observing the Universe; Numerics and Optimisation; Advanced Cell Biology; Genomics and Introductory Bioinformatics; Biogeography and Ecosystems.

Careers

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 137

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths. Applicants achieving IB Maths SL7 plus IB HL5 in two from Physics, Chemistry or Biology will also be considered.

Option modules can extend beyond Natural Sciences, dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure. You will develop a broad range of key skills for employment and further study such as analytical problem solving, teamwork, and organising and communicating information. As such, you will be highly employable in a wide variety of related roles in the UK and overseas, including laboratory-based positions, industry, law, business, management, teaching or government. Find out more at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/careers

23/01/2017 10:35

138 Philosophy

Philosophy 9th in the UK for world-leading and internationally excellent research1 7th for Philosophy in the UK in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017

Philosophy is the most ancient of the academic disciplines and acts as a foundation for many other areas of academic study and research, offering excellent training in rigorous thinking and wide-ranging enquiry.

DEGREES IN EXETER

Our enthusiastic staff will introduce you to core questions in philosophy. You will learn to analyse arguments, criticise texts, write well-argued essays and question received ideas, all of which will help you to develop a deeper understanding of some pervasive and problematic features of the world and of ourselves. We’ll also teach you metaphysics, which deals with the nature of existence, truth and knowledge; epistemology, which covers the nature, origin and scope of knowledge; and moral philosophy, looking at the grounds of good and evil, of right and wrong. You will be taught by philosophers who are internationally renowned for their knowledge and expertise in the philosophy of the natural and social sciences, as well as social, political and moral philosophy.

BA Single Honours Philosophy

Programme details

92% satisfied with teaching quality in the National Student Survey 20162 Distinctive interdisciplinary approach with philosophers, sociologists, and anthropologists working together in teaching and research

BA Combined Honours We offer a wide range of Combined Honours Philosophy degrees with a Modern Language or another topic (Classical Studies, History, Politics, Sociology or Theology). Programme information Email: ssis-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723192 You may also be interested in: Politics, Philosophy and Economics (see page 145)

BA Philosophy V500 3 yrs (V501 4 yrs) AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Study the many facets of philosophy in depth

 Discuss long-standing questions about the

nature of knowledge, science, reality, ethics, art and beauty; the mind-body relationship; the meaning of life, and more

 You will be encouraged to develop your own views on all these topics and to assess other philosophers’ take on them

 Learn to think rigorously, defend your views

in a clear and consistent way, understand the why and what-for of different points of view and ultimately develop a sharp, analytical and open mind

Year 1 Knowledge and Reality; Introduction to Philosophical Analysis; Evidence and Argument; Philosophical Readings; options. Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*. Philosophy is returned to the Sociology Unit of Assessment 2 percentage of Philosophy students who agreed they were satisfied 1

Year 2 60 credits of core modules; 60 credits of options. Year 3 Dissertation; options.

‘exeter’ ‘philosophy’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 138

23/01/2017 10:35

Philosophy 139

Study Abroad

Combined Honours Degrees Philosophy may also be studied with Classical Studies, History, Politics, Sociology or Theology or with Modern Languages (one from Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject’s entry. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BA Combined Honours

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

Classical Studies and Philosophy

See Classics and Ancient History

Philosophy and Modern Languages

See Modern Languages

TYPICAL OFFER

QVV5 3 yrs (QV8M 4 yrs) AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

VR04 4 yrs

Philosophy and History

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

Philosophy and Politics

AAA-AAB; IB: 36-34

Philosophy and Sociology

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

Philosophy and Theology

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

VV51 3 yrs (VV5C 4 yrs)

If you take Philosophy and Modern Languages you will normally spend your third year abroad; for details please see Modern Languages (page 102). For other degrees, you may study for half a year at a partner institution in Europe, North America or Australia, or follow a four-year ‘with Study Abroad’ programme which allows you to spend your third year abroad. You may apply directly for the four-year programme or transfer from another programme once you are at Exeter. Full details of these schemes and our partner institutions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/studyabroad

Careers  Gain an excellent all-round education, and

learn to understand other people’s points of view, to communicate your own position clearly and to argue effectively

 Learn to collect, assess and present evidence

VL52 3 yrs (VL5F 4 yrs)

VL53 3 yrs (VL5H 4 yrs)

VV56 3 yrs (VV5P 4 yrs)

Flexible Combined Honours Philosophy may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

and to work independently and in groups

 Gain key interpersonal, analytical and research skills

 Develop your initiative and open-

 Graduates choose to follow their interest in

their degree studies with postgraduate study or a teaching qualification, government administration, law and community work, for example

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ philosophy For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/philosophy Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 139

23/01/2017 10:35

140 Physics and Astronomy

Physics and Astronomy 10th in the UK for Physics and Astronomy in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 9th in the UK in The Complete University Guide 2017 Multi-million pound renovation of our Physics building, including teaching laboratories and study environments 90% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent1 Spend your third year studying in a university abroad, or undertaking a research project as part of a salaried placement DEGREES IN EXETER MPhys Single Honours Physics Physics with Astrophysics Physics with Study Abroad in Australia, New Zealand or North America Physics with Professional Experience BSc Single Honours Physics Physics with Astrophysics BSc Combined Honours Mathematics and Physics Programme information Email: ug-ad-phys@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725349 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on percentage of research categorised 4* and 3*

‘exeter’ ‘physics’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 140

Studying physics is a challenging, stimulating, thought-provoking and ultimately rewarding experience. We are one of the foremost centres of research in the UK, staffed by academics dedicated to their research and teaching. Our building is set in a beautiful location with views of the coast and countryside, providing an inspiring environment for you to address the intellectual challenges that arise as part of your scientific training. The Physics Building has recently undergone a multi-million pound investment programme, filling our teaching laboratories and computer suites with new equipment, creating new student study areas and relocating the Student Services area to an accessible location in the Foyer. We have advanced research facilities that include clean-rooms for photo and nanolithography, a helium liquefier for low temperature experiments, a water tank for acoustic experiments, amplified ultra-fast laser systems for the study of ultra-high speed phenomena and a suite of instruments for imaging biological materials. Our degree programmes include a variety of options, both applied and theoretical, allowing you to develop your own particular interests. The options range from cosmology and biophysics to many-body theory, exoplanets and programming. You can also take options in other subjects such as a modern language, philosophy or mathematics. Lectures are illustrated with in-depth descriptions of recent discoveries and many of our option modules reflect our research interests. Ultimately we are training you to be a practitioner of physics, essentially solving complex problems, preparing you for a life in research, or employment across a range of vocations. During the course you will obtain first-hand experience of what it is like to conduct research work yourself, either in our third-year teaching laboratory, or embedded in our research groups. Indeed, we rely on undergraduates to contribute towards Exeter’s research effort, via such project work, as potential PhD students, or by playing a role both promoting our department and partnering it with companies and organisations outside of academia. We firmly believe that individual attention, from the day you visit us for an interview, is a key element of the success of Exeter students and graduates. During your programme, you will meet the professors and lecturers in tutorials, problem-solving classes, and laboratories, and we have an ‘open-door’ policy to encourage academic discussion between students and staff. You will feel part of a department that is enthusiastic about physics and wants you to succeed.

23/01/2017 10:35

Physics and Astronomy 141

Programme details MPhys/BSc Physics Single Honours MPhys F303 4 yrs BSc F300 3 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | At least one grade A and a grade B in GCE AL MathsÌ and Physics; at least one HL6 and one HL5 in IB Maths and Physics

 3-year BSc programme gives you a you

an excellent understanding of mainstream physics and develops your scientific intuition

 Leads on to a wide variety of careers  4-year MPhys degrees take you further and give you a great opportunity to specialise in a research theme

 Includes PhD-style research project that

sees you embedded in one of our research groups during the final two years

 First year is common to all students  Specialise in later years including options from other subjects such as engineering or languages

MPhys/BSc Physics with Astrophysics MPhys Physics with Astrophysics F3FM 4 yrs | BSc Physics F300 3 yrs | with Astrophysics F3F5 3 yrs A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | At least one grade A and a grade B in GCE AL MathsÌ and Physics; at least one HL6 and one HL5 in IB Maths and Physics

 Focus on the core of mainstream physics,

but also provide a balanced understanding of modern observational and theoretical astrophysics from planets and stars to galaxies and cosmology

 Apply the fundamental laws of physics to

some of the most remarkable environments in the universe

 Observational astrophysics is taught using

our recently upgraded teaching observatory

 BSc projects, and the PhD-style MPhys

research projects, are normally based on data from world-class ground and space-based facilities and state-of-the-art computational codes for theoretical astrophysics

MPhys Physics with Professional Experience F304 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | At least one grade A and a grade B in GCE AL MathsÌ and Physics; at least one HL6 and one HL5 in IB Maths and Physics

 Your third year will be undertaken in a research environment in a professional laboratory away from the department

 You will be paid a salary for this year but stay registered as a student

 Return to Exeter to present your findings

and take examinations in the two modules studied via distance learning

 Research project assessed by local supervisor plus academics from Exeter

 Organisations participating in this

programme include Renishaw, the Home Office and the Rutherford Appleton Laboratories

MPhys Physics with Study Abroad in North America, Australia, or New Zealand In North America F3T7 4 yrs | in Australia F3TV 4 yrs | in New Zealand F308 4 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | At least one grade A and a grade B in GCE AL MathsÌ and Physics; at least one HL6 and one HL5 in IB Maths and Physics

 Broaden your experience by studying

physics in a new cultural environment

 Core programme is essentially identical to the physics programmes offered entirely in Exeter

 Alternative options, for example in

astronomy, space physics, the physics of weather

 Agreements with Iowa State University, the

University of Kansas, and the University of New Mexico in the USA; the University of Sydney and the University of Wollongong in Australia; and Massey University and the University of Auckland in New Zealand

Year 1 Vector Mechanics; Introduction to Astrophysics; Mathematics Skills; Mathematics for Physicists; Practical Physics I; IT and Electronics Skills or IT with Astrophysics Skills; Waves and Optics; Properties of Matter. All modules are compulsory. Year 2 Core modules are Electromagnetism I; Quantum Mechanics I; Mathematics with Physical Applications; Practical Physics II; Thermal Physics; Condensed Matter I. You will also select optional modules from Scientific Programming in C▲; Observing the Universe▲; The Physics of Living Systems†; Lasers, Materials and Nanoscale Probes for Quantum Applications†; Analytical and Chaotic Dynamics†; and the opportunity to take modules from outside of the discipline of Physics and Astronomy (‘elective’)†. Year 3 (not Study Abroad or Professional Experience) Core modules are Electromagnetism II; General Problems; Nuclear and High Energy Physics; Project(s); Quantum Mechanics II (MPhys programmes only). You will also select optional modules from Energy and the Environment; Galaxies and High Energy Astrophysics▲; Methods of Theoretical Physics; Nanostructures and Graphene Science; Principles of Theoretical Physics; Stars from Birth to Death▲; The Biophysics of Cells and Tissues; Ultrafast Physics; ‘Elective’ (MPhys Physics programme only). Year 4 (not Study Abroad or Professional Experience) Core modules are Condensed Matter II, Project; Statistical Physics. You will also select optional modules from Relativity and Cosmology▲; Solar and Extra-Solar Planets and Their Atmospheres▲; Computational Physics and Modelling; Independent Study; Physical Methods in Biology and Medicine; Quantum Many-Body Theory; Quantum Optics and Photonics; an option from the Year 3 list above. Years 3 and 4 MPhys Physics with Study Abroad You will undertake modules and a project at your host institution, and then return to Exeter in Year 4 to undertake a further research project, and core modules in Condensed Matter II; Quantum Mechanics II; Nuclear and High Energy Particle Physics; Statistical Physics. You will also select optional modules from the Year 4 list above. Years 3 and 4 for MPhys programmes with Professional Experience During your placement year the Project will form threequarters of your marks, and you will study Electromagnetism II and Quantum Mechanics II by distance learning. You will return to

see Entry requirements further information box overleaf compulsory for Astrophysics programmes † not available for Astrophysics programmes ▲

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 141

23/01/2017 10:35

142 Physics and Astronomy

Physics and Astronomy Exeter in Year 4 to undertake a further research project, and will study the core modules: Condensed Matter II; Nuclear and High Energy Particle Physics; Statistical Physics. You will also select optional modules from the Year 4 list above.

CONTINUED

Combinatorics; Galois Theory and Number Theory; Mathematics of Climate Change; Cryptography; Mathematical Biology and Ecology. For full details see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/physics

Learning and teaching BSc Combined Honours Mathematics and Physics FG31 3 yrs

A*AA-AAB | IB: 38-34 | At least one grade A and grade B in GCE AL MathsÌ and Physics; at least one HL6 in IB Maths and Physics

 Explore the interplay between the two

disciplines of mathematics and physics

 Understand the ways they co-exist and complement each other

 Recognised by the Institute of Physics  Work divided evenly between the two

subjects with no differences in the workload to Single Honours

 Flexibility and freedom to choose from a wide range of optional modules

 All mathematics academic staff are active, internationally-recognised researchers across applied, pure and theoretical topics

Year 1 You will study Properties of Matter; Vector Mechanics; Waves and Optics; Mathematics Skills; Mathematics for Physicists; Numbers, Symmetries and Groups; Practical Physics and IT Skills; and Probability and Discrete Mathematics. Year 2 Compulsory modules in Electromagnetism I; Quantum Mechanics I and Linear Algebra. Options include Analytical and Chaotic Mechanics; Condensed Matter I; Lasers, Materials and Nanoscale Probes for Quantum Applications; Mathematics with Physical Applications; Practical Physics II; Observing the Universe; The Physics of Living Systems; Thermal Physics; and a large number of options to choose from in Mathematics. Year 3 You will study modules in Project work and Electromagnetism II, with options in Energy and the Environment; Galaxies and High-Energy Astrophysics; Theoretical Physics (two modules); Nanostructures and Graphene Science; Stars; and the Biophysics of Cells and Tissues. Mathematics options include:

▲

†

The combination of being taught by experts in a supportive environment will amplify your academic progression. Weekly tutorials made up of small groups, typically four to five individuals and either a professor or lecturer, will enable you to discuss and develop your ideas with others. Teaching is undertaken through the process of lectures and hands-on practicals. This varied approach allows you acquire a deeper comprehension of the meaning of concepts, whilst simultaneously understanding the applications of it.

Assessment

Assessment in the first two years is a combination of continuous assessment and exams. About 65 per cent of the assessment in each of these years is by written examinations and short mid-term tests; the rest involves work for projects, laboratories, problems classes and more. You must obtain a pass mark for your first year in order to proceed but your performance at this stage does not count towards your final degree classification. Progression on to the third year of any MPhys programme is subject to satisfactory academic performance.

Careers

Employability skills are an integral part of the physics curriculum. The flexibility and adaptability of a well-trained physicist is appreciated by employers: they acknowledge the benefits of excellent problem solving skills, an educated scientific intuition and the confidence to be able to grasp new concepts quickly. In addition, the purpose of the extended project work in both the BSc and MPhys programmes is for you to develop research skills. You will learn to present and scientifically defend your work and ideas in a variety of ways. Graduates most suited and engaged with research are normally strongly encouraged to apply for a fully-funded PhD studentship in physics or astrophysics. Visit www.exeter.ac.uk/ postgraduate/research-degrees/physics for details, including of our Centre for Doctoral Training in Metamaterials.

The largest proportion of our graduates enter science-based industries in positions involving research and development, production and management. Other careers include scientific work in government establishments (eg, QinetiQ or Harwell Laboratories), hospital physics in the NHS and technical management in broadcasting and the communications sector. Some work in high-tech start-up companies. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers and www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/physics

Entry requirements further information Ì Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths. Applicants offering non-standard qualifications (for example the Access to Higher Education Diploma or Open University credits) may need to pass an AL-style mathematics test to demonstrate ability. This test will be undertaken as part of an interview.

International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page xx. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications Offers/interviews All shortlisted applicants will be invited to visit the department between November and March. The visit will include tours and presentations relating to our research activity and a short period for discussion with a member of staff, during which details of programmes can be explained and any queries answered. All applications are considered on an individual basis and offers will be made shortly after a visit has taken place. Places are not normally offered to applicants who do not attend an interview. However, if visiting the campus is difficult for you please contact us when you receive your invitation letter to discuss alternative arrangements.

compulsory for Astrophysics programmes not available for Astrophysics programmes

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 142

23/01/2017 10:35

Physics and Astronomy 143

Open Days Open Days give you a fantastic chance to find out more about the University and help you to decide whether Exeter is the right choice for you before you apply. They are packed with opportunities for you to see a range of facilities, meet staff and students, and experience the atmosphere of the University for yourself. Details of our Open Days are on the inside back cover.

THE EXCHANGE, PENRYN CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 143

23/01/2017 10:35

144 Politics and International Relations

Politics and

International Relations 5th in the UK for world-leading and internationally excellent research1 9th for Politics in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 Work experience bursaries of up to £2,000 available for BSc students taking applied research skills2 US field trip available to Politics and International Relations students in Cornwall DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Politics* International Relations* Politics, Philosophy and Economics* BSc Single Honours Politics and International Relations* Economics and Politics* BA Combined Honours We offer a number of Combined Honours degrees with a Modern Language or another topic (Philosophy* or Sociology*). Programme information Email: ssis-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723192

DEGREES IN CORNWALL BA Single Honours Politics and International Relations* BA International Relations BA Joint Honours History and Politics* History and International Relations Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 * 4-year programme with Study Abroad available

A subject brochure is available on our website which contains full programme and module details.

The Politics department at the University of Exeter is one of the best in the UK. With bases at both the Streatham Campus in Exeter and the Penryn Campus in Cornwall, we produce innovative research and are committed to the delivery of high quality teaching on all our programmes.

Streatham Campus

Politics and international relations are diverse, exciting and interdisciplinary subject areas. You’ll have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of options throughout your degree. The core aim is to give you scope to shape your degree in a way that suits your existing and emerging interests. We have particular research strengths in international relations, political theory, European Politics, electoral politics, British Politics and public policy and security studies. We regularly host internationally-renowned visiting speakers for departmental seminars and you will be able to join the Politics Society, which organises regular social events.

Programme details BA Politics L200 3 yrs

with Study Abroad 4 yrs AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Broad foundation of modules in

Years 1 and 2 including: international politics, comparative politics and public administration

 Free choice of modules in your final year  Produce a dissertation on a topic of personal interest

Year 1 The State of Britain; Politics in Europe; Globalisation of World Politics; Classical and Early Modern Political Thought; Facing the Challenges of World Politics in the 21st Century; Power and Democracy; Politics in Europe; options. Year 2 Political Thought of Modernity; Public Policy Administration; Comparative Politics; options. Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3* 2 value of bursary depends on length of placement 1

‘exeter’ ‘politics’ Exeter campuses

Year 3 Dissertation. Options including: The Politics of Climate Change; American Democracy and the Challenges of the 21st Century; Global Governance and International Relations; The Politics of War; The Political Psychology of Elites.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 144

23/01/2017 10:35

Politics and International Relations 145

BA International Relations L250 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L251 4 yrs AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

Year 1 Power and Democracy; Philosophy of Morality; Introduction to Philosophical Analysis; Economic Principles; Mathematics for Economics. Options in Politics, Philosophy or Economics.

 Specialise in a particular region or subject

Year 2 Political Philosophy; The Economics of Politics; Social Philosophy; Economic Principles and Policy. Options in Politics, Philosophy or Economics.

 Analyse, interpret and evaluate world

Year 3 Dissertation in Politics; Philosophy or Economics. Options in Politics, Philosophy or Economics.

 Understand international issues – for example, transnational crime or globalisation

political events using a range of concepts, approaches and theories

Year 1 Globalisation of World Politics; Facing the Challenges of World Politics in the 21st Century. Options include: Politics of the Middle East; State and Society; European Politics. Up to 25 per cent of your modules may be taken outside Politics. Year 2 Contemporary Theories of World Politics; Security Studies. Options include: American Politics; War and Peace in the Middle East; Foreign Policy; Introduction to Middle East Politics; Rethinking Third World Politics. Year 3 Dissertation. Options include: International Security and US Foreign Policy; War and Public Opinion; Anarchism and World Ordering; War and its Aftermath; Globalisation and the Politics of Resistance; The Media in Europe; Central Asian Politics; The Refugee Crisis in the Modern World; Gender, Militarisation and Resistance; The Politics of Climate Change.

BA Politics, Philosophy and Economics L0V0 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L0V1 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCSE Maths grade A

 Explore some of the major questions facing human society: war and peace; democracy; resource scarcity and distribution; the natural environment; faith and reason

 Modules which address the philosophical,

political and economic foundations of order and justice, and interrogate the meaning and practice of the market economy on a global scale

 Learn how government is constituted, being

and truth are deliberated and goods, services and peoples are economically organised

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 145

Combined Honours Degrees Politics may be studied with a modern language (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish), or with Economics, Philosophy or Sociology. International Relations may be studied with History or with a Modern Language (French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject’s entry. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BA Combined Honours

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

History and International Relations LVF1 3 yrs (VL1F

See History

International Relations and Modern Languages

See Modern Languages

Philosophy and Politics

See Philosophy

programme, providing social sciences students with the types of applied research and data analysis skills sought by employers

Politics and Modern Languages LR02 4 yrs

See Modern Languages

 Opportunity to undertake work experience

LLH2 3 yrs (LL23 4 yrs)

BSc Politics and International Relations L292 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L293 4 yrs AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34

 Offered as part of the prestigious Q-Step

TYPICAL OFFER

4 yrs)

LR01 4 yrs

VL52 3 yrs (VL5F 4 yrs)

Politics and Sociology

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32 AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

with a bursary of up to £2,000

 Build CV-enhancing experience in research techniques, quantitative data analysis and software relevant to a variety of careers

Year 1 Data Analysis in Social Science; Introduction to Social Data. Options including: Power and Democracy; State and Society. Year 2 Quantitative Methods in Social Science. Option modules integrate quantitative analysis with substantive research and cover electoral politics; race, ethnicity and politics; data analysis in the workplace; immigration in western societies; introduction to terrorism studies; and experimental research in the social sciences. Year 3 Advanced Research in Political Science; Research Project in Political Science. Options such as: Global Environmental Politics and Policy; Money and Policymaking in the United States; Immigration in Western Societies; Introduction to Terrorism Studies; Statistical Methods for Social Data; War and Public Opinion; Political Psychology.

Penryn Campus

The study of politics in Cornwall focuses on some of the biggest political challenges facing the world today such as inequality, climate change, the global financial crisis, conflict, the depletion of natural resources, public disillusionment with politics, and the changing balance in world power. We believe politics shouldn’t just be an intellectual exercise; it’s the means by which people change the world. So, although we’ll teach you about political systems and theories, we’ll apply these to world events and the major issues setting the modern political agenda. We have particular research strengths in international relations, Middle East Politics, American Politics, war and conflict, political theory, political behaviour and its influences such as the media, economy and advertising; political psychology; identity; social movements and protest; and environmental politics. We regularly host internationally renowned visiting speakers for departmental seminars and you will be able to join the Politics Society in Cornwall, which organises regular social events and an annual trip abroad to a location with an interesting political history.

23/01/2017 10:35

146 Politics and International Relations

Politics and International Relations US field trip

A special feature of our Cornwall Politics and International Relations programmes is the field trip to New York where you’ll gain insight into the latest global issues and a first-hand perspective on the American political system. The trip may include a visit to the United Nations; the opportunity to share the experiences of fire fighters involved in the response to 9/11; a day out at City Hall to gain insight into efforts to protect New York from the effects of climate change and Hurricane Sandy; a tour of Wall Street and the New York Stock Exchange. Please note: field course destinations and the exact itinerary may be subject to change. www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ politics/cornwall/fieldtrip

BSc Politics and International Relations 4519 3 yrs

with Study Abroad 7925 4 yrs AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30

 One of the few programmes in the UK to

combine politics and international relations

 Gain a well-rounded perspective on some of the most important issues shaping our world, such as inequality, climate change, conflict and the global financial crisis

 Strong focus on career-related experience and skills ensures that learning is both inspired by research and relevant to your future career aspirations

Year 1 British Government and Politics; Power, Conflict, Inequality: Issues in Global Politics; Violence in World Politics; Classical Political Ideas; Foundations in Political Thinking; Green Politics in Theory and Practice; The Public Policy Process. Year 2 Research Method in International Relations; The Research Toolkit; NGOs: Responding to Global Challenges; options.

BA International Relations

Study Abroad

L252 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L253 4 yrs AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30

 Combines a solid grounding in international relations

 Opportunity to specialise in an issue or region

 Characterised by its focus on some of today’s biggest political challenges: terrorism; the global financial crisis; conflict in the Middle East; the changing balance in world power

Year 1 Key Concepts in Politics and International Relations; Violence in World Politics; Power, Conflict, Inequality: Issues in Global Politics; British Government and Politics; Classical Political Ideas; Foundations in Political Thinking.

For our other degree programmes, including those in Cornwall, you may study for half a year at a partner institution in Europe, North America or Australia. You can also follow a four-year ‘with Study Abroad’ programme which allows you to spend your third year abroad. You may apply directly for the fouryear programme or transfer from another programme once you are at the University. Full details of these schemes and our partner institutions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/studyabroad

broaden your career development and equip you with the skills employers find most valuable

 A range of employability events connected

Year 3 Field trip to New York; Dissertation; options.

to politics and international relations

 Opportunity to gain valuable work

History and Politics VLC2 3 yrs (VLD2 4 yrs) | History and International Relations VLF2 3 yrs (VLF3 4 yrs) See History (page 110)

experience, eg, working with an MP in Westminster or at a constituency office, placements with a variety of other employers, or in schools as part of an optional teaching experience module

 The generic skills gained on your

programme will help you to enter a wide variety of careers including law, government administration, and business

Politics or International Relations may be studied at the Penryn Campus with History.

Flexible Combined Honours

If you take Politics or International Relations with a Modern Language at the Streatham Campus you will normally spend your third year abroad; for details please see Modern Languages (see page 132).

Careers  Number of activities available to help

Year 2 Security Studies; Doing Politics Research; NGOs: Responding to Global Challenges; options.

Joint Honours Degrees

CONTINUED

Politics and International Relations may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

 Some of our graduates also follow their

interest in their subject with a postgraduate qualification

Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Year 3 Field trip to New York; Dissertation; options.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 146

23/01/2017 10:35

Politics and International Relations 147

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ politics

International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international

For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/politics

PENRYN CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 147

23/01/2017 10:35

148 Psychology

Psychology Research in social, cognitive and clinical psychology and animal behaviour Top 10 for Psychology in The Complete University Guide 2017 and Top 100 in the world1 Specialist research laboratories, clinical psychology suites and state-of-the-art audiovisual facilities Accredited by the British Psychological Society2 Unique partnership with the NHS including exclusive contracts

Psychology plays an important role in drawing together techniques, theories, findings and professional practice from several areas of expertise in order to address complex, but socially and economically important questions about behaviour. It is a scientifically-grounded subject that develops skills associated with the humanities as well as the sciences. Our degrees are designed to provide a fantastic platform whatever your choice of future career. One of the UK’s top Psychology departments, providing high-quality undergraduate programmes for intelligent and highly motivated people, whatever their background. Our teaching team comprises researchers in social, cognitive, and clinical psychology as well as animal behaviour.

DEGREES IN EXETER

All our programmes provide BPS accreditation which confers eligibility for the Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership, provided the minimum standard of a Lower Second Class Honours is achieved. This is the first step towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist.

BSc Single Honours Psychology

Programme details

MSci Single Honours Applied Psychology (Clinical)

BSc Psychology

BSc Combined Honours Psychology with Sport and Exercise Science Programme information Email: cles-externalrelations@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725818 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details. You may also be interested in: Animal Behaviour (see page 70) Human Sciences (see page 114) Medical Sciences (see page 126)

C802 3 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AL scienceÌ grade B; IB science HL5; GCSE Maths grade B; GCSE English Language grade B

 An excellent education in key areas of

psychology – developmental, cognitive, biological, social, clinical and personality – together with research methods and data analysis

 Explore some of the research fields in

which we specialise, such as social and organisational psychology, psychopathology, human cognition, cognitive neuroscience and animal behaviour

 Broad and flexible programme allows

you to explore your developing interests in more depth through a wide range of optional modules

QS World University Rankings 2014; The Guardian University Guide 2015 BPS accredited and non-accredited pathways are available on the Flexible Combined Honours scheme

‘exeter’ ‘psychology’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 148

Year 1 Cognition, Emotion and Development; Introduction to Biological Psychology; Introduction to Social Psychology; Introduction to Clinical Psychology; Introduction to Statistics; Introduction to Research Methods; plus options, including Introduction to Behaviour and Evolution; Classic Studies in Psychology. Practical classes will give you training in quantitative, laboratory-based, experimental methodology in psychology covering the broad range of subject areas across the core modules.

23/01/2017 10:35

Psychology 149

Year 2 Cognition and Emotion; Biological Basis of Behaviour; Social Psychology II; Development Psychology and Psychopathology; Personality and Individual Differences; Methods and Statistics in Psychology II; plus optional practical modules. There is greater emphasis on original practical work and you will start to design and carry out your own investigations.

Year 3 Dissertation or Research Project; Methods and Statistics in Psychology III. Options include: Applied Social Psychology: Health, Environment and Society; Social Psychology of Prosocial and Antisocial Behaviour; The Associative Mind; Studying Cognition and Emotion with Brain Imaging; Compulsive Behaviour.

Module choice

Year 3 Psychology Research Project; Methods and Statistics in Psychology III; Contemporary Issues in Psychology. Optional seminar modules draw on the research expertise of academic staff from three general subject areas: social and organisational psychology; cognitive psychology; comparative clinical and child psychology.

Flexible Combined Honours

A degree in Psychology from the University of Exeter provides a range of academic, personal and professional skills that will prepare you for employment, postgraduate study or training for professional practice. As a Psychology student, you will develop essential skills highly valued by employers such as communication, numeracy, critical thinking, independent learning, empirical research, ethical awareness and team working. We run special careers seminars in years two and three, where you can get advice and discuss your career options in depth.

Combined Honours BSc Psychology with Sport and Exercise Science C8C6 3 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AL scienceÌ grade B; IB science HL5; GCSE Maths grade B; GCSE English Language grade B

 Taught jointly by complementary disciplines Psychology and Sport and Health Sciences

 Focus on two significant applications

of psychology: understanding the key components necessary for developing highlevel skill and expertise; and understanding the effects of physical activity and exercise on behaviour, cognition, interpersonal interactions and mental health

Year 1 Cognition, Emotion and Development; Introduction to Biological Psychology; Introduction to Statistics; Introduction to Research Methods. Optional modules include: Introduction to Social Psychology; Introduction to Clinical Psychology; Human Anatomy and Kinanthropometry; Human Physiology; Nutrition and Metabolism; Foundations of Sport and Exercise Psychology. Year 2 Cognition and Emotion; Biological Basis of Behaviour; Social Psychology II; Development Psychology and Psychopathology; Personality and Individual Differences; Methods and Statistics in Psychology II. Optional modules include: Exercise Physiology; Sport Psychology; Psychology Practicals.

see Entry requirements further information box overleaf

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 149

Psychology may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Learning and teaching We also feature:

 Progression from large group lectures

and practicals supported by smaller group teaching in the first and second years, to a greater focus on smaller group teaching, plus a supervised extended research project in the final year;

 Final-year seminars discussing advanced

topics in psychology with a research-active seminar leader at the forefront of the latest research developments;

 A personal tutor, with whom you will meet regularly in all three years and have access to further support such as our Statistics Helpdesk.

See ways of learning on page 14.

Facilities

Undergraduates have access to excellent facilities, including a dedicated computer laboratory and extensive facilities for the measurement of eye movements and for the recording and modification of brain activity. We have specialist laboratories for interviewing brain-damaged and depressed patients, clinical skills suites with full audio-visual equipment, specialist facilities for studies of cognitive and social psychology, and well-equipped workshops. We also have a partnership with the Henry Wellcome Centre for Mood Disorders, providing experience of working in a clinical research setting.

Assessment

Almost all modules are assessed by a combination of exams and coursework, or by coursework alone. Coursework comprises more than half of the overall marks which count towards your final degree. You will have to pass most of the first year modules in order to progress to the second year, although the marks do not count towards your final degree classification.

Option modules in the first year can extend beyond your main subject area if you are studying the BSc Psychology or BSc Psychology with Sport and Exercise Science, dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure.

Careers

MSci Applied Psychology (Clinical) C811 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AL scienceÌ grade B; IB science HL5; GCSE Maths grade B; GCSE English Language grade B

 Innovative and unique programme set

within a UK centre of excellence for Low Intensity Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) training

 Designed to provide you with an

understanding of the core areas of psychology and equip you with the clinical skills to work as a trainee Psychological Wellbeing Practitioner (PWP) as you will undertake full BPS accredited PWP training

 Includes modules with a particular focus on the development of professional practice and clinical competency in evidence-based, low intensity psychological therapy

Year 1 Cognition, Emotion and Development; Introduction to Biological Psychology; Introduction to Clinical Psychology; Introduction to Research Methods; Introduction to Social Psychology; Introduction to Statistics; plus options, including Introduction to Behaviour and Evolution; Classic Studies in Psychology. Practical classes will give you training in quantitative, laboratory-based, experimental methodology in psychology covering the broad range of subject areas across the core modules.

23/01/2017 10:35

150 Psychology

Psychology

CONTINUED

Year 2 Biological Basis of Behaviour; Cognition and Emotion; Developmental Psychology and Psychopathology; Methods and Statistics in Psychology II; Personality and Individual Differences; Social Psychology II; plus optional practical modules. Year 3 Dissertation; Contemporary Issues in Clinical Psychology; and Methods and Statistics in Psychology III. Optional modules, which focus on clinical research and practice. Year 4 The fourth (PWP) year of the programme provides a thorough grounding in the theory, evidence base and clinical practice of low intensity psychological therapy for anxiety and depression. A patient-centered approach develops competencies in core patient centred interviewing and assessment skills, case management, and the delivery of a range of low intensity interventions including behavioural activation, exposure, cognitive restructuring, sleep management, problem solving alongside support for medication taking. Completion of the programme gives you the ability to apply for trainee/qualified PWP positions at NHS Band 4/5.

Learning and teaching

You will be taught through a range of methods including lectures, seminars, real-world clinical work, problem-based learning, facilitated small group role play and skills modelling, self-practice/self-reflection supported by blogs, group clinical skills supervision sessions, clinical research internships and a clinical practice placement. You should expect at least 15 hours of contact time and you will be supported by a personal tutor with whom you will meet regularly to support your personal and professional development portfolio.

Assessment

You will be assessed in a number of ways including exams, essays, digitally recorded role play competency assessments, patient scenario presentations, case studies, patient work within the clinical practice placement, portfolio and a clinically focused research dissertation.

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information about additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ psychology GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Maths▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

Ì Programme requirement Applicants studying one of the following BTEC Extended Diplomas will be considered without GCE AL requirement(s): Sport and Exercise Science, Sport Science, Applied Science, Pharmaceutical Science. Applicants offering one of the above BTEC Extended Diplomas in lieu of the GCE A level Science will also be required to have a grade B in GCSE English Languages, Mathematics and Science.

Programme requirement for MSci Applied Psychology (Clinical) There will be a clinical placement within an NHS or other IAPT service setting in the fourth year of this programme. Given the exposure to patients, offers will be conditional upon successful completion of a self-disclosure form and satisfying full health assessments. If a place is offered and accepted, students will be required to undergo an Enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check in their second year prior to their Clinical Practice Placement. Students will not be able to begin their placements prior to a satisfactory Disclosure receipt. Offers/interviews for MSci Applied Psychology (Clinical) We meet all shortlisted applicants before making an offer. Shortlisted applicants will be invited to attend a daylong interview process which will include an assessment of communication skills, a service-user led group interview and an individual interview. International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 150

23/01/2017 10:35

151

Outside academia there’s so much to get involved with. From volunteering to societies and sports, there are extra-curricular opportunities for everyone. This has given me the chance to meet and become friends with some incredible people. Exeter has a close-knit student community, with both campuses close to the city centre, so you’ll often see someone you know whether you’re working in the library or going shopping. Together, these things lend themselves to the friendly atmosphere of both the University and the city, and have made me fall in love with the whole experience. Warren Bingham-Roberts, second year BSc Psychology, from Stonehouse, Gloucestershire

THE FORUM, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 151

23/01/2017 10:35

152 Renewable Energy Engineering

Renewable Energy Engineering 92% of research classified as world-leading or internationally excellent1 Strong emphasis on fieldwork within professional context Our degrees are accredited for progression to Chartered Engineer (CEng) and Incorporated Engineer (IEng) by the Energy Institute Expertise in energy policy, marine renewables, bio-fuels, electrical power and networks, wind, photo-voltaic and thermal technologies Industrial engagement from many of the key companies in the business DEGREES IN CORNWALL MEng Single Honours Renewable Energy Engineering* BEng Single Honours Renewable Energy Engineering BSc Single Honours Renewable Energy Programme information Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 * Also available with Industrial Experience

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3*. Energy Engineering is returned to the General Engineering Unit of Assessment

Specialising in energy engineering with a focus on renewable and clean energy technologies, our programmes are well established in providing successful graduate engineers to the sector. The BEng/MEng is tailored to students who want to focus on an engineering career, while the BSc programme has a broader remit tailored towards consultancy, project delivery or policy opportunities. Our energy engineering programmes combine energy generation from renewable sources with aspects of dynamic energy management systems, ICT, smart energy technologies and energy storage solutions. They are engineeringfocused to meet the needs of the clean energy sector, whilst providing necessary business managerial skills. Links with a wide variety of companies, together with our research strengths, allow us to offer these programmes with substantial backing from industry. The vocational programmes we offer are designed for individuals seeking a professional role in the rapidly expanding and strategically important energy sector. We have well established links with industry leaders including DNV GL, EDF Energy, Geoscience, Scottish and Southern Energy, Mojo Maritime and Wardell Armstrong International. Exemplifying this, our relationship with REG Windpower Ltd means our students have access to the data acquisition system for the two 850kW wind turbines the company operates 500 metres from the Penryn Campus. Our facilities and student resources include an engineering teaching laboratory and industry-facing IT and software. Our location in Cornwall provides you with an excellent place to study renewable energy engineering and opportunities to visit working technology are plentiful. Our FABtest facility, two miles off Falmouth, has the only wave energy device in English waters at the time of writing. Local commercial renewable energy developments are plentiful: recent developments include new as well as repowered and scaled-up older wind farms; extensive commercial solar PV farms; micro-hydro, micro-wind, anaerobic digesters; landfill gas sites; and solar thermal. Our Environment and Sustainability Institute is amongst the most sustainable buildings in the country, certified as BREEAM Outstanding. The Energy Engineering department is a founding member of the Partnership for Research in Marine Renewable

‘exeter’ ‘renewable energy’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 152

23/01/2017 10:35

Renewable Energy Engineering 153

Energy (PRIMaRE), a multi-million pound, international research group that provides research and development in support of marine energy projects such as the Wave Hub. The new Science and Engineering Research Support Facility building provides further project and research opportunities. This environment, together with various field trips throughout the programme – including a week-long field trip in the third year and work placements before years three and four – provide a practical context that complements the taught material.

Programme details BEng/MEng Renewable Energy Engineering

Year 4 (MEng only) Professional Ethics, Competence and Commercial Awareness; Industry Placement Project; Group Design Project. Options from: Themes in Climate Change; Solar Energy Research and Innovation; Advanced Wind Energy; Further Electrical and Electronics Engineering.

BSc Renewable Energy

H802 3 yrs

AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another science❖ at grade B or IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 Equips you with the skills essential project

MEng H804 4 yrs

management, consultancy, government and industrial roles with the renewable energy sector

BEng H803 3 yrs

 Focus on technologies, ethics, commercial

with Industrial Experience H805 4 yrs AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30 | GCE AL MathsÌ grade B and another science❖ at grade B or IB Maths HL5 and another science subject HL5

 A practical, vocational programme

for individuals seeking a professional engineering role in a rapidly expanding and strategically important clean energy sector

 Gain a high level of engineering competence

 Extend your understanding of ethics,

commercial, economic and business issues

 Develop a professional outlook Year 1 Renewable Energy Systems 1; Science for Renewable Energy Engineering; Applied Computing for Energy Studies; Energy Policy, Markets and Law; Mathematics for Energy Systems; Engineering Mechanics; Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics; Electrical and Electronic Principles. Year 2 Energy Management; Data Signals and Systems; Electrical Energy Conversion and Transport; Fluids Mechanics; Renewable Energy Systems 2; Project Management and Accounting; Mechanics of Materials; Applied Thermodynamics. Year 3 Field Course (Group Project); Network Engineering, Modelling and Management; Engineering Design and Innovation; Renewable Energy Dissertation. Options from: Marine Renewable Energy and Hydropower; Wind Energy; Energy Generation from Biomass; Life Cycle Analysis; Environmental Permitting and Management.

and economic issues

Year 1 Mathematics 1A and 1B; Renewable Energy Systems; Science for Renewable Energy Engineering; Applied Computing for Energy Studies; Energy Policy, Markets and Law; Engineering Mechanics; Electrical and Electronic Principles. Year 2 Energy Management; Engineering for Energy Professionals; Electrical Energy Conversion and Transport; Renewable Energy Systems; Project Management and Accounting; Sustainable Enterprise Economy; The Politics of Climate Change and Energy. Year 3 Network Engineering, Monitoring and Management; Renewable Energy Dissertation; Energy Storage Technology; Field Course (Group Project). Options from: Low Carbon Heat; Energy Generation from Biomass and Waste; Sustainable Architecture; Environmental Permitting and Management; GIS and CAD for Renewable Energy.

Learning and teaching

Our teaching laboratories are well equipped with industry standard technologies, such as fuel cells, a Marcet boiler, a bomb calorimeter, a water current flume and a teaching and research vessel. Construction recently finished on the Renewable Energy Engineering Facility, which provides a workshop space for practical projects as well as access to instrumented renewable energy installations. The building enhances our ability to engage with exciting studentled projects like the Eco-Marathon car or the solar boat competition and facilitates practical student research projects.

Module choice

Option modules allow you to extend your studies in the direction you wish to pursue. Choice is further enhanced on modules such as the third year Dissertation, Industry Placement Project and Group Design module by allowing you to select from the widest possible range of topics and titles. They can also allow you to extend beyond your main subject area if you are studying a Single Honours degree, dependent on timetable constraints, prerequisites and programme structure.

Fieldwork, tours and placements

There are several varied opportunities to experience your studies in industry. We offer field trips to numerous locations including wind farms; anaerobic digestion facilities; solar PV farms; hydro plants; gas facilities and other relevant installations. You may also attend events such as public planning meetings or energy use assessments to see how your future work applies to society. In the third year, a week-long residential field trip will entail a field-based renewable energy technical resource assessment exercise. Working as a project team, you will focus on the use of appropriate clean energy technologies to deliver a professional report to local stakeholders. To aid your studies further you may opt to carry out a minimum six-week industrial placement in the summer vacation between your second and third year. This experience will enable you to gain invaluable first-hand experience of your degree in industry and the workplace, further enhancing your employability.

Ì and ❖ see Entry requirements further information box overleaf

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 153

23/01/2017 10:35

154 Renewable Energy Engineering

Renewable Energy Engineering

CONTINUED

If you study the MEng programme, an industry placement module requires a further placement over the summer before Year 4, followed by an industry-facing project that carries on into term time. This forms an essential focal point of your fourth year.

Careers

A very high proportion of our graduates find employment in the clean energy sector or study for a higher degree in the field. The UK’s commitment to the expansion of clean energy is likely to mean a high level of investment in the sector in the next decade. The adoption of the UK’s microgeneration tariff in 2010; the Green Deal in 2013; the phased adoption of the Renewable Heat Incentive from 2011-2014; and introduction of Contracts for Difference in 2014, suggests continued strong support for rapid expansion of renewable energy in the UK. Other EU countries will be making similar investments and the US, India, China and many other nations are also investing heavily in renewable generation. This will create broad opportunities for those seeking to work in the sector, both nationally and internationally.

Programme accreditation

The current programmes have been accredited by the Energy Institute for progression to Incorporated Engineer (BEng and BSc) or Chartered Engineer (MEng) status. Module choices made during the third year of the Renewable Energy BSc will determine whether the criteria for progression towards Incorporated Engineer or Chartered Energy Manager has been met.

Industrial experience

The MEng Energy Engineering with Industrial Experience programme includes an industrial placement with a relevant business or industry, undertaken before you third year. Following this, you will conduct a research project that is reflective of your time spent in industry.

Entry requirements further information GCE AL science includes: Biology/Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Maths▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. p

i f more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

Progression from the BSc into BEng/MEng programmes is possible subject to achieving certain performance criteria after year one. Programme requirement Candidates may offer GCE AL Maths, Pure Maths or Further Maths. Ì

Programme requirement Applicants studying one of the following BTEC Extended Diplomas will be considered without GCE AL requirement(s): Applied Science, Building Services Engineering, Construction and the Built Environment, Electrical Electronic Engineering, Environmental Sustainability, Manufacturing Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Operations Maintenance Engineering, Pharmaceutical Science, Sport, Sport and Exercise Science. In place of science requirement only, A level Mathematics is still required.

❖

International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. We welcome applications from mature candidates with non-standard qualifications and experience; candidates may be invited to interview to assess suitability for our programmes. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 154

23/01/2017 10:35

Renewable Energy Engineering 155

Dr Bike We actively promote cycling as a healthy and sustainable option for journeys to and between our campuses. One of the ways we do this is Dr Bike, free safety checks by a trained cycle mechanic at our Exeter campuses.

FORUM PIAZZA, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 155

23/01/2017 10:35

156 Sociology (including Criminology)

Sociology

(including Criminology) 2nd for Sociology in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 9th in the UK for world-leading and internationally excellent research1 Work experience bursaries of up to £2,000 for BSc students taking applied research training2 Distinctive interdisciplinary approach with philosophers, sociologists and anthropologists working together in teaching and research DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Sociology* BSc Single Honours Sociology* Criminology* BA Combined Honours Sociology and Anthropology* Sociology and Modern Languages Philosophy and Sociology* Politics and Sociology*

Research Excellence Framework 2014 based on the percentage of research categorised as 4* and 3* value of bursary depends on length of placement

‘exeter’ ‘sociology’ Exeter campuses

Our academic staff have a wide range of research interests in sociology, anthropology, criminology and philosophy. As an undergraduate, you’ll benefit from this research culture as your teachers will be contributing to current debates, giving you access to the latest thinking and resources.

Programme details BA Sociology L300 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L302 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

 Introduces you to ways of thinking about,

Programme information Email: ssis-admissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 723192

 Core modules cover the history and

You may also be interested in: Archaeology and Anthropology (see page 65) Anthropology (see page 60) Human Sciences (see page 114) Philosophy (see page 138)

Our Sociology programmes have been specially designed to help you develop a deep understanding of how societies, institutions and practices of all kinds came into being, how they are currently organised and how they might change in the future. To examine these in depth, you’ll learn to use logical and systematic methods of analysis to reveal patterns of social action.

BSc Combined Honours Sociology and Criminology*

* 4-year programme with Study Abroad also available

Sociology is a fascinating subject providing a critical understanding of all aspects of society and social life. By studying sociology, you’ll examine social, political, historical, cultural and economic issues and study social groups including families, industrial firms, churches, crowds and political parties. You’ll focus on both modern industrial nations, tribal and historical societies and contemporary developing nations.

seeing and investigating the social, cultural and political world in which we live development of sociological theory and the skills and techniques employed in sociological research

 Develop a critical understanding of

the rise and transformation of modern societies, with a particular focus on the last three decades, considering issues such as globalisation, migration and class

Year 1 Introduction to Social Analysis: Classical Social Theory and Contemporary Social Theory; Contemporary Society – Themes and Perspectives and Fields and Case Studies; Imagining Social Worlds: Texts and Artefacts; options. Year 2 Knowing the Social World; Into the Field; Theoretical Sociology; options. Year 3 Dissertation; options.

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 156

23/01/2017 10:35

Sociology (including Criminology) 157

Q-Step and Applied Research Skills

BSc Sociology L303 3 yrs

with Study Abroad L304 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

Our BSc Criminology and BSc Sociology are offered as part of the prestigious Q-Step programme which aims to equip social sciences students with the types of applied research and data analysis skills sought by employers. If you choose one of these degrees you will have the opportunity to undertake work experience with one of our industry partners and receive a work experience bursary of up to £2,000. You’ll build CV-enhancing experience in research techniques, quantitative data analysis and software relevant to a variety of careers including business, social research, marketing and policy analysis.

BSc Criminology M900 3 yrs

with Study Abroad M901 4 yrs AAA-ABB | IB: 36-32

 Aims to provide systematic understanding of the historical patterning of crime, the causes of criminal behaviour and its consequences, as well as policy response

 The interdisciplinary make-up of the

programme is rooted in sociological approaches, but also offers the potential to combine these perspectives on crime and deviance with those from historical, political, and psychological studies

 Develop an understanding of how

societies, institutions and practices came into being, how they work and might change in the future

sociology and other fields of social research, and develop skills in critical analysis Year 1 Introduction to Social Analysis: Classical Social Theory and Contemporary Social Theory; Social Issues: Crime and Deviance; Contemporary Society – Themes and Perspectives and Fields and Case Studies; Data Analysis in Social Science; options.

 Particularly concerned with social

Year 2 Into the Field; Knowing the Social World; Theoretical Sociology; Sociology and Criminology; options.

 Learn a variety of techniques used in

Option modules cover issues as diverse as forensic science, war crimes, ethics, addiction and human rights.

transformation; you will develop an insight into the major challenges facing contemporary society, with a particular focus on crime and deviance sociological research including observation, fieldwork, focus groups and the analysis of quantitative data

Year 1 Introduction to Social Analysis: Classical Social Theory and Contemporary Social Theory; Contemporary Society – Themes and Perspectives and Fields and Case Studies; Social Issues: Crime and Deviance; Data Analysis in Social Science; Introduction to Social Data; options. Year 2 Ethnography Now; Into the Field; Theoretical Sociology; Data Analysis in Social Science II; options. Year 3 Dissertation; options.

Combined Honours Degrees BSc Sociology and Criminology

Year 3 Dissertation; Sociology and Criminology; options.

DEGREE PROGRAMMES

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

BA Combined Honours

Sociology and Anthropology

TYPICAL OFFER

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

L3L6 3 yrs (L3L7 4 yrs)

Sociology and Modern Languages

See Modern Languages

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

Philosophy and Sociology

See Philosophy

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

Politics and Sociology

See Politics

AAA-ABB; IB: 36-32

LR03 4 yrs

VL53 3 yrs (VL5H 4 yrs) LLH2 3 yrs (LL23 4 yrs)

Other Combined Honours Degrees

 Investigate the causes of criminal behaviour

Sociology may be studied with Anthropology, Philosophy, and Politics or with a Modern Language (Chinese, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish). Details of the Sociology component are outlined above. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject’s entry.

 Pays particular attention to the role of

Flexible Combined Honours

Year 2 Into the Field; International Criminal Justice; Data Analysis in Social Science II; options.

 Gain sociological, historical, political and

Both Sociology and Criminology may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Year 3 Applied Data Analysis Project; Options.

 Explore theoretical, empirical and

 Gain a full range of social science research

skills that will enable you to engage with the nature and complexity of social life, deviance and crime, graduating with specific technical skills sought by employers

Year 1 Introduction to Social Analysis: Classical Social Theory and Contemporary Social Theory; Social Issues: Crime and Deviance; Introduction to Social Data; Data Analysis in Social Science; options.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 157

LM39 3 yrs

with Study Abroad LMH9 4 yrs AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32

as well as its consequences for victims and for society as a whole

criminal justice organisations in defining and responding to crime as a social problem psychological perspectives for understanding and responding to crime and deviance methodological issues associated with

23/01/2017 10:35

158 Sociology (including Criminology)

Sociology (including Criminology) Study Abroad

If you take Sociology and Modern Languages you will normally spend your third year abroad; for details please see Modern Languages (page 134). For other degrees, you may study for half a year at a partner institution in Europe, North America or Australia or follow a four-year ‘with Study Abroad’ programme which allows you to spend your third year abroad. You may apply directly for the four-year programme or transfer from another programme once you are at Exeter. Full details of these schemes and our partner institutions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/studyabroad

Careers  Gain an excellent all-round education, and

learn to understand other people’s points of view, to communicate your own position clearly and to argue effectively

 Learn to collect, assess and present evidence and to work independently and in groups

 Gain key interpersonal, analytical and research skills

 Develop your initiative and open-

CONTINUED

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ sociology For details about study abroad please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/sociology Selecting your chosen language When applying to a Combined Honours degree with a modern language you will need to indicate, under ‘further details’ in the ‘choices’ section of the application, the language you wish to study using the codes above. Please note you may choose only one language. For further information on completing your UCAS form, please visit www.ucas.com and for more information on language requirements for our Combined Honours degrees go to www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/languages International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

 Graduates choose to follow their interest

in their degree studies with employment or postgraduate study in people-focused fields in the public and not-for-profit sectors, such as central and local government and charities, as well as in business, marketing and management.

Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 158

23/01/2017 10:35

Sociology (including Criminology) 159

Farmers’ Market The Farmers’ Market, held on the Forum Piazza at Streatham Campus, brings students and the community together to experience the fantastic produce that Devon has to offer. It takes place every Friday during term time and every first Friday of the month out of term on the Forum Piazza.

FORUM PIAZZA, STREATHAM CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 159

23/01/2017 10:35

160 Sport and Health Sciences

Sport and Health Sciences 2nd for Sports Science in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017, 5th in the UK for Sports Science in The Guardian University Guide 2017, and 3rd in the UK for research1 8th for Overall Satisfaction for Sports Science in the National Student Survey 20162 One of the UK’s top sporting universities, ranking 5th in BUCS 2015-16 Dedicated teaching and research laboratories for physiology, anatomy, sleep, sensorimotor analysis, sports biomechanics, and performance psychology Degrees that prepare you for further study or employment in a range of sectors

In our UK top 10 department, we provide a challenging, innovative and holistic scientific approach to understanding sporting performance, exercise, and health. Through a diverse range of research-led modules, you can explore all the facets of this broad scientific discipline: from biomechanics and physiology to psychology and the public health implications of physical activity. Our extensive teaching and research facilities include designated purpose-built laboratories for sport and exercise physiology, sports biomechanics, and health and performance psychology. You can also collaborate with colleagues from disciplines including Biosciences and Psychology, pursuing your interests through innovative interdisciplinary degrees that allow you to approach problems from new perspectives.

DEGREES IN EXETER BSc Single Honours Exercise and Sport Sciences Exercise and Sport Sciences with Study Abroad Human Biosciences BSc Combined Honours Psychology with Sport and Exercise Science MSci Exercise and Sport Sciences Programme information Email: cles-externalrelations@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 725818 A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

Times Higher Education, REF 2014: subject ranking on intensity-weighted GPA based on the average percentage of positive responses across all survey categories for full service universities

GCE AL scienceÌ at grade B; IB science at HL5

 Develop a comprehensive understanding

of the scientific principles underlying sport and exercise performance and participation

 Understand the variables involved in

enhancing exercise or sports performance

Year 1 Sports Training Physiology; Bioenergetics; Foundations of Biomechanics; Human Physiology; Foundations of Exercise and Sport Psychology; Foundations of Nutrition and Metabolism; Human Anatomy and Kinanthropometry; Introduction to Statistics. Year 2 Biomechanics and Kinesiology; Sport Psychology; Exercise Physiology; Research Methods and Analytical Procedures. Options from: Strength and Conditioning Physiology; Sports Nutrition and Metabolism; Skill Acquisition; Leadership: Challenges and Practice; Learning and Teaching in Physical Education; Employability and Career Development.

‘exeter’ ‘sport science’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 160

23/01/2017 10:35

Sport and Health Sciences 161

Year 3 (Final Year) Dissertation or Independent Research Review. Options from: Biomechanical Analysis of Human Movement; Clinical Exercise Prescription; Paediatric Exercise Physiology; Sport, Physical Activity and Health; Sport Psychology; Physiological Determinants of Exercise Performance; Learning for Teaching: School Experience; Integrated Physiology and Adaptation to Physical (in)Activity. Year 4 (MSci) Dissertation; Research Methods and Analytical Procedures; Research Toolkit. Options from: Biomechanical Aspects of Lower Limb Injury; Laboratory Techniques in Physiology; Paediatric Exercise Health; Physical Activity in the Prevention and Treatment of Chronic Diseases; Current Issues in Sport and Exercise Psychology.

Year 3 Dissertation or Independent Research Review/Project. Options from: Frontiers in Molecular Cell Biology; Cellular Basis of Immunity; Molecular Basis of Infection; Ecotoxicology; Living in a Mircrobial World; Cell Biology of Disease; Sports Nutrition and Metabolism; Science Communication; Bioinformatics; Paediatric Exercise Physiology; Clinical Exercise Prescription; Biomechanical Analysis of Human Movement; Physiological Determinants of Exercise Performance; Integrated Physiology and Adaptations to Physical (in)Activity; Employability and Career Development.

BSc Sport and Exercise Medical Sciences BC03 3 yrs

BSc Human Biosciences C900 3 yrs

AAB-ABB | IB: 34-32 | GCE AL Biology grade B and another science at grade B or two GCE AS science subjects at grade B; IB Biology HL5 and a second science at HL5 or two science subjects at SL5

 Study scientific aspects of health, physical

activity and biotechnology and recognise the importance that exercise can play in the prevention and treatment of disease

with Professional Training Year BC04 4 yrs

AAA-AAB | IB: 36-34 | GCE AL Biology grade B and another science at grade B; IB Biology HL5; and a second science at HL5

and health sciences enables you to develop a holistic understanding of the human body and exercise and physical activity

 This programme blends an understanding

response to a demand for graduates with biological and sport science skills

 Taught jointly by Biosciences and Sport

 Taught jointly by the University of Exeter

and Health Sciences

Year 1 Fundamental Principles for Bioscientists; Genetics; Microbiology; Cells; Human Anatomy and Kinanthropometry; Foundations of Biomechanics; Human Physiology; Bioenergetics. Year 2 Research Skills and Bioethics; Exercise Physiology; Biomechanics and Kinesiology; Quantitative Research Methods. Options from: Medical and General Microbiology; Molecular Biology of the Gene; Forensic Science; Advanced Cell Biology; Genomics and Introductory Bioinformatics; Modern Theories of Evolution; Molecular Microbiology; Strength and Conditioning Physiology; Nutrition and Metabolism.

Combined Honours Degrees BSc Psychology with Sport and Exercise Science C8C6 3 yrs | see Psychology

 Combination of medical sciences and sport

of the pathology, prevention and treatment of acute or chronic disease/injury, alongside an insight into the science underpinning the optimal preparation, performance and rehabilitation of the athlete or healing patient

 Innovative and collaborative teaching in

Year 3 Dissertation or Research Project; Medical Imaging – Principles and Applications; Advanced Rehabilitation Medicine. Optional selections from: Managing Clinical Trials: Putting Science into Practice; Medical Imaging-Principles and Applications; Physiological Determinants of Exercise Performance; Paediatric Exercise Physiology; Sport, Physical Activity and Health; Clinical Exercise Prescription; Biomechanical Analysis of Human Movement; Sport Psychology; Employability and Career Development; Business Awareness: Theory and Practice; Integrated Physiology and Adaptation to Physical (in)Activity; Psychology Applied to Health.

Medical School and Sport and Health Sciences

Year 1 Foundations of Biomechanics; Sports Training Physiology; Foundations of Nutrition and Metabolism; Foundations of Exercise and Sport Psychology; Integrated Clinical Science 1; Expanding Horizons 1; Fundamental Skills for Medical Scientists. Year 2 Exercise Physiology; Biomechanics and Kinesiology; Sport Psychology; Integrated Clinical Science 2; Principles of Good Clinical Practice and Research. Optional selections from: Strength and Conditioning Physiology; Sports Nutrition and Metabolism; Skill Acquisition; Learning and Teaching in Physical Education; Molecular Biology of the Gene; Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry; Anatomical Science; Immunopathology.

Flexible Combined Honours Exercise and Sport Sciences may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page xx).

Learning and teaching

You will learn through lectures, tutor-led seminars and laboratory and practical sessions. You will have a personal tutor who is available for advice and support throughout your studies. During our programmes you will develop essential communication and self-management skills (eg, time management, cooperative working, allocation of effort, and meeting of deadlines). You will also be encouraged to attend and present at student conferences (eg, The British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences Student Conference). Many students also take modules from outside the school (eg, leadership studies with the Business School and pedagogy with the Graduate School of Education).

Assessment

All modules are assessed, though marks from the first year do not contribute towards your final degree classification. Modules are assessed using a variety of methods including essays, exams, oral and written presentations, laboratory reports and a dissertation. We aim to strike a 50:50 balance between coursework and exams over the duration of the programmes.

see Entry requirements further information box overleaf

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 161

23/01/2017 10:35

162 Sport and Health Sciences

Sport and Health Sciences

CONTINUED

Study Abroad

Our four-year BSc Exercise and Sport Sciences with Study Abroad programme offers you the chance to spend your third year studying abroad at a partner institution. The opportunity to study abroad can greatly enhance your employability skills and build your confidence and competencies. We currently have arrangements with partner universities in Australia, Canada, Japan, New Zealand, Hong Kong, the Netherlands, Portugal, Singapore, Spain and the USA. For more information, please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/studyabroad

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/sport GCE AL/AS science includes: Biology/ Human Biology▲; Chemistry; Computing; Design and Technology; Electronics; Environmental Studies; Geography; Geology; Maths/Pure Maths/Further Maths▲; Physical Education; Physics; Psychology; Science (applied); Statistics. if more than one of these is taken they would only count as one ‘science’ but could count as two A levels towards our general requirements

▲

Careers

Our degrees have high academic standing and are designed to prepare you optimally for employment or further training in a wide variety of professional careers. The degrees are first and foremost Honours degrees in science. That means that you will be qualified to get a job on the basis of being accomplished at undertaking degree-level scientific work. A number of our graduates choose to work in the sport, exercise and health sector, but many choose to use their skills to gain employment in alternative sectors. Our programmes also provide an excellent foundation for further study, either through a postgraduate degree or vocational training. Employability skills are embedded into the curriculum and specialised careers initiatives help maximise your career prospects.

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 162

Ì Programme requirement Applicants studying a BTEC National Extended Diploma in Sport and Exercise Science or one of the following BTEC Extended Diplomas will be considered without an A level science as long as the necessary grades have been obtained overall and in the specified units:

o Sport and Exercise Science (a minimum of a distinction grade must be achieved in 40 of the mandatory credits) o Applied Science (a minimum of a distinction grade must be obtained in 40 of the mandatory credits) o Sport (Performance and Excellence) and Sport (Development, Coaching and

Fitness) (a minimum of a distinction grade must be obtained in six of the following units: Principles of Anatomy and Physiology in Sport; The Physiology of Fitness; Fitness Training and Programming; Fitness Testing for Sport and Exercise; Sports Nutrition; Psychology for Sports Performance; Exercise Health and Lifestyle; Sports Injuries; Talent Identification and Development in Sport; Physical Education and the Care of Children and Young People; Research Investigation in Sport and Exercise Sciences; and Laboratory and Experimental Methods in Sport and Exercise Sciences). All Applicants are also required to have a minimum of a grade C in GCSE English Language and Mathematics or equivalent qualification. International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter.ac.uk/ ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

23/01/2017 10:35

163

I missed getting into Exeter by one grade. I did not want to settle for second best, so I turned down my insurance choice at another top 10 university to take a year out and resit one A level. This was a big risk and a lot of people told me I was crazy. One year later I got my A and secured my place at Exeter! It was one of the hardest yet best decisions I have ever made; Exeter has been amazing so far. The support you receive from staff is immense, they’re constantly looking at ways in which they can improve to accommodate their students. I’m really looking forward to spending the next few years of my life here and making more unforgettable memories whilst gaining a top-class education and degree. Cheyenne Barbara, first year BSc Sport and Exercise Sciences with Study Abroad, from Cwmbran, Wales

ST LUKE’S CAMPUS

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 163

23/01/2017 10:35

164 Theology and Religion

Theology and Religion 2nd in The Guardian University Guide 2017 and 5th in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017 6th in the UK for Graduate Prospects2 Varied programme including biblical studies, Judaism and Christianity, philosophy of religion, ethics, science and religion, theology and art DEGREES IN EXETER BA Single Honours Theology and Religion* BA Combined Honours Classical Studies and Theology* Philosophy and Theology† Programme information Email: hums-ugadmissions@exeter.ac.uk Phone: +44 (0)1392 724202 * 4-year programmes with Study Abroad, with Employment Experience or with Employment Experience Abroad also available †

4-year programme with Study Abroad also available

A subject brochure is available on our website which includes full programme and module details.

Theology and Religion is one of the most challenging and stimulating subjects you can study. Religion is a major force that shapes the world in which we live. All religions raise ethical and philosophical questions that are among the most fundamental we face as human beings. We give you the opportunity to wrestle with these questions in depth, through a disciplined and rigorous framework. We offer a demanding and rewarding programme, enabling you to develop a wide range of skills that will stretch your intellectual abilities to the full. You will work as a historian, anthropologist, literary critic and philosopher, gaining all the essential skills you need to be fully equipped for a number of future careers. Our department is welcoming and supportive, with a lively and dynamic team of scholars of theology, religion, history, ethics, philosophy of religion, biblical studies and anthropology. You will have the chance to study outside the lecture room with options to take field trips, a work placement or study abroad. You don’t have to be religious to find the issues our Theology and Religion programmes raise, or the ways in which we tackle them, compelling. Our friendly department is made up of students and staff with diverse opinions and ideas about religion and faith, atheism and secularism. All you need is the desire to study with enthusiasm and an open mind.

Programme details BA Theology and Religion V615 3 yrs

with Study Abroad V616 4 yrs

with Employment Experience V613 4 yrs

with Employment Experience Abroad V614 4 yrs AAB-BBB | IB: 34-30

 Theology and Religion covers the study of

the Hebrew Bible and the New Testament – their contexts, development, meanings and reception

 Offers the option to study biblical texts in the original languages

 In-depth study of a wide range of Christian 1

based on the average percentage of positive responses across all survey categories for full service universities based on Graduate Prospects score in The Times and The Sunday Times Good University Guide 2017

and Jewish theological thought and critical questions raised about religion in the present-day

‘exeter’ ‘theology’ Exeter campuses

Cornwall campuses

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 164

23/01/2017 10:35

Theology and Religion 165

Year 1 Christian Origins: From Jesus to the Early Church; Introducing Christian Theologies; Judaisms in Transition: Crises and Innovations; Philosophy of Religion and Christian Ethics; Religion in the Modern World; The Bible: Past and Present. Options may include: Elements in New Testament Greek; God, Humanity and the Cosmos: An Introduction to the Debate between Science and Religion; Introducing Biblical Hebrew. Year 2 There are no compulsory modules. Year 3 Dissertation. Options in Years 2 and 3 may include: Blasphemy and the Abrahamic Faiths; Dead Sea Scrolls; ‘Deviant Bodies’: Disability Studies and the New Testament; Encountering the Historical Jesus; Heaven and Hell Throughout the Ages; Incarnation: Topics in Philosophical Theology; Jewish Religious Responses to the Holocaust; Legends of the Fall; Scribes, Apostles and Sages: Early Jewish Biblical Exegesis; Theology and Business Ethics.

Combined Honours Degrees Theology may be studied with Classical Studies or Philosophy. Details of the Theology component are outlined above. For details of the second subject please refer to the relevant subject’s entry. DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BA Combined Honours

Classical Studies and Theology QV85 3 yrs

with Study Abroad QV86 4 yrs

with Employment Experience QV87 4 yrs with Employment Experience Abroad

REQUIRED SUBJECTS

TYPICAL OFFER

See Classics and Ancient History

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

See Philosophy

AAB-ABB; IB: 34-32

QV89 4 yrs

Philosophy and Theology VV56 3 yrs

with Study Abroad VV5P 4 yrs

Employment Experience in the UK or abroad

Study Abroad

Our students have progressed to a broad range of work sectors including the media, education, charity, social work and law. Studying Theology and Religion is also an excellent preparation for postgraduate study and many of our students choose to pursue this option. Find out more at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/careers

Entry requirements further information Additional selection criteria Please ensure you read the information on additional selection criteria at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/ theology International students Find details of English language requirements and Foundation programmes at www.exeter. ac.uk/ug/international Typical offer Please read the important information about our typical offer on page 169. For full and up-to-date information on applying and entry requirements, including requirements for other types of qualification, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications

Flexible Combined Honours Theology and/or Religion may also be studied under the Flexible Combined Honours scheme (see page 102).

Careers

Our Theology and Religion programmes give you an excellent range of skills to use in a variety of different careers, enabling you to understand other people’s points of view, communicate your own position clearly and to argue effectively. You will also learn to collect, assess and present evidence and to work independently and in groups. Our programmes are demanding and encourage initiative and open-mindedness, helping to ensure that you are well equipped with a range of academic, personal and professional skills that will prepare you for future employment.

* please note that at the time of going to print, the opportunity to undertake a work placement year as part of your degree is not possible for students studying BA Philosophy and Theology. For the latest information please visit www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate

Subject section 2018 FINAL (original).indd 165

23/01/2017 10:35

166

APPLICATION PROCEDURE Before you apply We make every effort to ensure that our entry requirements are as up-to-date as possible. However, since this prospectus is printed well in advance of the start of the admissions cycle, in some cases our entry requirements and offers will change. Before you apply or visit us for an Open Day please check:  that you have the most up-to-date entry requirements, information about our typical offer and other important information. See www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/applications;  the latest online information for the programme(s) you are interested in, and contact the Admissions Office if you have any questions.

Is my programme available part-time?

How to apply All applications for full-time study must be made online through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). You can do this through your school or college if they are registered with UCAS, or independently. Full details and instructions: www.ucas.com The UCAS code and number for the University of Exeter is EXETR E84. You should apply directly to the University’s Admissions Office for part-time programmes and not through UCAS.

Deadlines Your application (irrespective of whether you are applying for deferred entry) should reach UCAS between 1 September 2017 and 15 January 2018.

Some of our programmes are potentially available for part-time study, but please check with the relevant academic department to ensure that it is possible with respect to timetabling arrangements before you make a formal application. A three-year undergraduate degree would typically take six years to complete by part-time study.

Applicants for Medicine must apply between 1 September 2017 and 15 October 2017.

Further information

We strongly advise that applications from international fee payers are submitted by the deadlines stated above (see www.ukcisa.org.uk/ International-Students/Fees--finance/Homeor-Overseas-fees/England-Higher-Education). Applications from students in this category may still be considered after this date if places are available. We would recommend that you apply as soon as possible to avoid the disappointment of your chosen programme being full.

Undergraduate admissions policy: www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ applications/policy Terms and conditions: www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/applications/disclaimer

We guarantee that all Home/EU applications received by the UCAS deadline of 15 January 2018 are given equal consideration. Applications received after this date will be considered on an individual basis, depending on the availability of places.

Part-time applications should be submitted between 1 September and 30 June for start the following October.

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 166

23/01/2017 13:16

167

REED HALL, STREATHAM CAMPUS

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 167

23/01/2017 13:16

168

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We welcome applications from appropriately qualified students offering a wide range of qualifications, including the International Baccalaureate, BTEC Level 3 Diploma and Extended Diploma, Access to HE Diploma, Welsh Baccalaureate, and Scottish Highers and Advanced Highers. You can find full details of the qualifications that are acceptable for entry at www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/applications/entry

Programme-specific academic requirements All programmes have specific entry requirements which are shown in the individual subject entries in this prospectus. Some programmes require prior study of specific subjects and may also have minimum levels of attainment required at GCSE or equivalent, particularly in English language and/or Mathematics. These requirements are shown in the information boxes and further entry requirements boxes in each subject entry. The grade requirements in terms of GCE A level and International Baccalaureate (IB) grades are shown under ‘Typical Offer’. The tables also includes grades for specific A level subjects or in the IB at Higher Level (HL). For further information about our offer and decision: www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/applications/offer

International students You should consult our general and subject-specific entry requirements information for A levels and the International Baccalaureate, but we also recognise a wide range of international qualifications. You can find further information about academic and English language entry requirements at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/international All applicants are required to demonstrate a good command of English before starting their degree programme. If you are not a national of a Home Office defined majority English speaking country and have not

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 168

completed a full degree programme in a Home Office defined majority English speaking country, you will need to submit evidence of proficiency in English to the University’s required standards before starting your degree programme. Information about our English language requirements can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/applications/entry

Mature students If you are considering applying as a mature student, ie. if you may not be coming to the University directly from school or college, you can find further information at www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/maturestudents If you would like further advice on our entry requirements, please contact our Admissions Offices (details on page 157).

How we assess your application In considering your application, we take account of your: academic performance  achieved in level 2 and 3 qualifications (GCSEs, A and AS levels, and their equivalents); performance in future  predicted examinations; ersonal statement;  p  r eference; additional statement supplied  any by your school or college regarding any special personal or extenuating circumstances which may impact, or have impacted on your studies. Alongside these factors, we may also take into account the educational context in which your academic achievements have been gained. For further information please see our admissions policy at www.exeter.ac.uk/ undergraduate/applications/policy

Interviews The majority of programmes do not require an interview as part of the selection process. Where an interview is included in the process, this is made

clear in the subject entry requirements. The purpose and format of the interview will be communicated to you clearly in advance so you know what to expect and what role this plays in the overall selection process.

How do you use my personal statement? By far the most important aspect of your application is your achieved or predicted academic results, as this is the best predictor for success on one of our degree programmes. Personal statements will be considered, but mainly to identify any mitigating or extenuating circumstances that may have affected your achieved or predicted grades. Where personal statements are considered more closely, we would want to see:  your reasons for the choice of subjects taken at A level or equivalent and, where appropriate, the relevance of those subjects to your chosen degree programme;  why you have applied for a particular programme and how this relates to your current and previous studies and experiences. If you have a career goal, it is helpful if you tell us how the programme would enable you to fulfil that ambition;  evidence of a willingness and desire to learn at a higher level: we are looking for students who have the potential and the drive to succeed;  details of any work experience, paid or unpaid, and any other positions of responsibility that you’ve had. We’re particularly interested in the skills gained from these experiences, how they relate to your own personal development and how they may help you in your studies and life at university;  information regarding volunteering and other extra-curricular activities and what you have gained in terms of experience and skills from these interests;  your plans for how you will spend a gap year (if relevant) and what you will gain from these experiences.

23/01/2017 13:16

169

OUR OFFER Our offers are normally expressed in terms of GCE A level grades or International Baccalaureate (IB) points. If you are offering alternative qualifications, the offer made will be at a level equivalent to A level/IB points. Our typical offer, including any grades in specific subjects, is shown in the entry data table in the individual subject entries. Where subjects are specified without grades, you will be expected to achieve a grade in line with the typical offer range. Offers will normally be made within the publicised grade range. You are advised to check our website for the most up-to-date information. For some programmes where we receive a large number of applications from well-qualified applicants, we may not be able to make an offer to all those who are predicted to achieve (or who have already achieved) our typical offer. We may therefore consider additional academic achievements alongside the personal statement in deciding whether we are able to make an offer. Information about these additional criteria is given in the individual subject entries online.

Our decision Decisions on applications submitted by 15 January 2018 will normally be made by the end of March 2018 at the latest. For undergraduate full-time applications, we will write to inform you of our decision where an offer has been made, but the official offer and specific conditions will be communicated to you by UCAS. If you have supplied an email address, you will receive these communications electronically via UCAS Track. Track also allows you to follow the progress of your application online. It is very important that you carefully read the terms of your offer as communicated to you via UCAS to ensure that you know how to meet any academic and non-academic conditions. If you are unsure about anything, please contact us for clarification.

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 169

If we make you an offer and you have not had to attend an interview, individual departments will invite you to attend an Offer-Holder Visit Day, which will give you the chance to find out more about your programme and department and decide whether to accept our offer. Offer-Holder Visit Days mainly take place during the period January to April.

Making your decision When you have received offers from all the universities to which you have applied, you will need to notify UCAS of your decision by the deadlines UCAS will set for you. Further information on responding to your offers can be found at www.ucas.com/ucas/undergraduate/ apply-and-track/track-your-application

Receiving your exam results If you meet all the conditions of your offer, and have accepted us as your first choice university, then we will be able to confirm your place. If you are not able to satisfy the terms and conditions of our offer exactly, we may reconsider our offer in the light of your actual performance and the performance of others seeking entry to the same programme. Amended grades (eg, after an appeal) will also be taken into consideration as long as results are received by noon on the 31 August 2018. Further information about what happens at confirmation can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ applications/whatnext

Contact us Admissions Office in Exeter Email: ug-ad@exeter.ac.uk Phone: UK callers 0300 555 60 60 EU/International callers +44 (0)1392 723044

Admissions Office in Cornwall Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk Phone: UK callers +44 (0)1326 371801 EU/International callers +44 (0)1326 371801

23/01/2017 13:16

170

CAMPUS MAPS Streatham Campus Academic/social buildings Alexander Drama

Amory

47 10E 29 5H

Classics and Ancient History Geography History International Relations Law Philosophy Politics Sociology Theology

Student Health Centre

86 6E

22 4G

Tennis Centre

61 4E

Thornlea

48 10D

Laver

Archaeology

Library

4 6H

Drama

Living Systems

Washington Singer

9 8E

Xfi

5F 6G

Main Reception Mary Harris Memorial Chapel

Newman

5F 6F

Lecture Theatres

Bill Douglas Cinema Museum

7 8G

Northcote House

Old Library

Research Commons

7 8G

Building:One

University of Exeter Business School

Catholic Chaplaincy 74 3A Cornwall House

Music

Cornwall House Swimming Pool

Devonshire House

2 6G

Exeter Northcott Theatre

Family Centre

59 5E

Forum

3 6G

Geoffrey Pope

Peter Chalk Centre 17

Physics

Queen’s

Reed Hall

14 6E

Physics

English Film Studies Foreign Language Centre Modern Languages

Reed Mews 15 5E Wellbeing Centre Roborough

Russell Seal Fitness Centre

88 4E

Great Hall

1 6G

77 3E

Harrison

23 4H

Sir Christopher Ondaatje Devon Cricket Centre Sports Park

60 4E

Streatham Court

31 6H

Biosciences

Computer Science Engineering Mathematical Sciences

Hatherly

Biosciences

6 7G

Institute of Arab and 16 5E Islamic Studies Arab and Islamic Studies

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 170

INTO International 83 5G Study Centre

Drama

University of Exeter Business School Accounting Business and Management Economics

Psychology

University of Exeter Business School

Residences Birks Grange Village 66 5B Bonhay House 53 11C Clydesdale Court 64 5C Cook Mews 69 4A 72 2B Duryard Holland Hall 62 4D King Edward Court 68 5A King Edward Studios 67 6A 43 7J Lafrowda Llewellyn Mews 70 4A 34 6K Lopes Hall Mardon Hall 58 5E 57 5D Nash Grove Northfield 75 9C Pennsylvania Court 36 6L Ransom Pickard 35 6L Rowe House 45 7J St David’s 51 12B St German’s 42 7K

23/01/2017 13:16

171

Car Park C Visitors Only

The department locations are correct as of February 2017

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 171

Devonshire House Estate Services Centre Exeter Northcott Theatre Family Centre Forum Geoffrey Pope Great Hall Harrison

2 89 13 59 3 20 1 23

6G 6C 5F 5E 6G 5F 6G 4H

Main Reception Mary Harris Memorial Chapel Newman Northcote House Old Library Peter Chalk Centre Physics

6G 10 18 12 7 17 21

7F 5F 6F 8G 5F 4F

RESIDENCES Birks Grange Village Bonhay House Clydesdale Court Clydesdale Rise Cook Mews Duryard Garden Hill House

66 5B 53 11C 64 5C 65 4C 69 4A 72 2B 23/01/2017 13:16 27 3J

172

FALMOUTH TOWN CENTRE

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 172

23/01/2017 13:16

173

St Luke’s Campus Academic, administration and social buildings

RD&E Heavitree

Baring Court

Chapel College House Cross Keys Dance Studio Giraffe House Holnicote

2 14 3 16 12 4

Library Medical School Building North Cloisters

6 8 1

Richards

Smeall

South Cloisters

Sports Centre

Staff House

Children’s Health and Exercise Research Centre Graduate School of Education

Graduate School of Education Support Services

Graduate School of Education Sport and Health Sciences University of Exeter Medical School Graduate School of Education Medical Imaging

Streatham Campus, city centre, train stations and public car parks

Rowancroft

RILD/RD&E Wonford

Penryn Campus

The Exchange

Daphne du Maurier building

Camborne School of Mines Centre for Ecology and Conservation Accessibility Services Teaching rooms and laboratories The Stannary Restaurant and bars FXU

Tremough House and The Annexe

Applied Mathematics Chapel Lecture Theatre Student Services Wellbeing Centre

Sports Centre

1 2

RESIDENCE Nancherrow

Academic, Administration & Social Buildings

Bus stops

Residence

Steps

Footpath

Info at St Luke’s

Parking*

Indoor swimming pool Disabled ramp access

Locked cycle parking

13 8

Food and drink

Cycle parking

Baby changing facilities

Pool bicycles for staff to hire

* Permit holders and visitors only

Students’ Guild

7 A394

Treliever roundabout

To Penryn Station

A394

VER

LIE

TRE

AD TRELIEVER RO

AD RO

ENTRANCE To Truro

4 8

Peter Lanyon building

Science and Engineering Research Support Facility (SERSF) 7 Business School Renewable Energy Group including Centre for Offshore Technologies Centre for Ecology and Conservation

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 173

5 2 14 3 16 12 6 4 6

8 17 1 9 10 11 7 15

Little Wonders Nursery

Environment and Sustainability Institute (ESI)

Baring Court Chapel College House Cross Keys Dance Studio Giraffe House Haighton Holnicote Library

Medical School Building MRI Centre North Cloisters Richards Smeall South Cloisters Sports Centre Staff House

Cottages and farmhouse

A39

The Compass Library Career Zone IT Suites

m Ped Pe est nr ria yn n an and dP c en ycle ry a n S cc tat ess ion

University Reception and Shop

ACADEMIC, ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL BUILDINGS

fro

The Heart

To Falmouth

ST LUKE’S CAMPUS

Academic, administration and social buildings

Info at Penryn (student information desk) Centre for Geography, Environment and Society English, History and Politics Teaching and seminar rooms

Reprographics

PENRYN CAMPUS

Academic, Administration and Social Buildings

Bus stops

Residences

Food and drink

Footpath

Information point

Cycle parking

Info at St Luke’s/ Penryn

Parking

Indoor swimming pool

Academy of Music and Theatre ACADEMIC, ADMINISTRATION SOCIAL BUILDINGS Arts AND (AMATA) 10 The Heart

The Exchange The Compass Library Career Zone IT Suites

University Reception and Shop Tremough Barton Cottages

Self-catered residences Glasney Student Village

Daphne du Maurier building 3 Camborne School of Mines Centre for Ecology and Conservation Accessibility Services Masters Suite Teaching rooms and laboratories The Stannary Restaurant and bars FXU Tremough House and The Annexe 4 Applied Mathematics

No entry

The department locations are correct as of February 2017 9 Sports Centre 5 Reprographics Little Wonders Nursery Academy of Music and Theatre 10 Arts (AMATA) Environment and Sustainability 6 Institute (ESI) Tremough Barton Cottages 11 Science and Engineering Research 7 Chaplaincy Support Facility (SERSF) (extension due to be opened in 2017/18) Tremough Innovation Centre 12 Business School Collaboratory SELF-CATERED RESIDENCES Renewable Energy Group including Centre for Glasney Student Village 13 Offshore Technologies Koofi Centre for Ecology and Conservation Multi-use Games Area (MUGA)

Peter Lanyon building 8 Info at Penryn (student information desk) Centre for Geography, Environment and Society English History

23/01/2017 13:16

174

Manchester

Birmingham

Cardiff

M4 London Bristol

M5 A30

HOW TO FIND US Streatham Campus and St Luke’s Campus By train

The average journey time from London Paddington to Exeter St David’s station is 2 hours 30 minutes. The Streatham Campus is approximately 15 minutes’ walk from Exeter St David’s and is well sign-posted from the station. The local bus service connects the station and the St Luke’s Campus.

By coach

National Express coaches call at Exeter Coach Station. The local D bus connects the Coach Station to both Streatham Campus and St Luke’s Campus.

By car

The M4/M5 links Exeter directly to London, the Midlands, South Wales and the North including Scotland. The average journey time from either London or the Midlands is 3 hours. Satellite navigation Use postcode EX4 4QJ for the Streatham Campus and EX2 4TE for St Luke’s. Please note, parking on campus is extremely limited.

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 174

Exeter

Penryn

By air

The nearest regional airports are at Exeter and Bristol. A flight between Exeter and London typically takes around one hour. For further details, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/visit/directions

Penryn Campus, Cornwall By train

There are regular services to Truro from all major British cities. At Truro, change to the branch line service to Penryn and Falmouth. The average journey time from London Paddington to Truro is just over 4 hours, and from Truro to Penryn less than 15 minutes. Penryn Station is about 10 minutes’ walk from the Penryn Campus.

By coach

For timetables visit www.nationalexpress.com or phone National Express on +44 (0)8717 818181.

through Truro, following the signs A39 to Falmouth. Follow the A39 towards Falmouth until you come to the Treliever roundabout, where you will see signs to the University Campus Penryn. Satellite navigation Use postcode TR10 9FE or TR10 9EZ. Please note: some satellite navigation systems do not work properly in Cornwall and we recommend a level of caution when using either of the postcodes for the campus; you may prefer to follow the directions above instead of relying on Sat Nav.

By air

The closest airport to the Penryn Campus is at Newquay. For further details, please see www.exeter.ac.uk/visit/directions

By car

The Penryn Campus is approx 2 hours’ drive from Exeter. From Exeter take the A30 west until you reach the A39 signposted Truro. Drive

23/01/2017 13:16

175

KEY CONTACTS Admissions Office – Exeter

Phone: 0300 555 6060 (UK callers) +44 (0)1392 723044 (EU/International callers) Email: ug-ad@exeter.ac.uk

Admissions Office – Cornwall Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 Email: ugadmissions-cornwall @exeter.ac.uk

General information for international students

Phone: +44 (0)300 555 0444 Email: intoff@exeter.ac.uk

Accommodation in Exeter Phone: +44 (0)300 555 0444 Email: sid@exeter.ac.uk

Accommodation in Cornwall

Phone: +44 (0)1326 253639 Email: accommodation@fxplus.ac.uk

Disability support in Exeter

Phone: +44 (0)1392 723880 Email: AccessAbility@exeter.ac.uk

Disability support in Cornwall Phone: +44 (0)1326 370443 Email: accessibility@fxplus.ac.uk

Students’ Guild

Phone: +44 (0)1392 723528 Email: infopoint@exeterguild.com

Students’ Union in Cornwall (FXU)

Phone: +44 (0)1326 255861 Email: office@fxu.org.uk

Visiting the Exeter campuses Phone: +44 (0)1392 724043 Email: visitus@exeter.ac.uk

Visiting the Penryn Campus, Cornwall Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk

University website www.exeter.ac.uk

Terms and conditions

www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ applications/disclaimer

Alternative formats This prospectus is available in alternative formats, on request, to suit the needs of those with disabilities. Please contact AccessAbility@exeter.ac.uk

Acknowledgements We acknowledge with thanks individual students and staff, Matt Austin, Helen Lisk, James Ram, Tim Pestridge and the University of Exeter Students’ Guild.

Print Belmont Press, Northampton

Produced by Marketing Office, University of Exeter

Prospectus requests This prospectus can be downloaded from www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ prospectus or additional copies can be ordered from www.exeter.ac.uk/ prospectus

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in the prospectus is correct at the time of going to print. The University will endeavour to deliver programmes and other services in accordance with the descriptions provided on the website and in this prospectus. The University reserves the right to make variations to programme content, entry requirements and methods of delivery and to discontinue, merge or combine programmes, both before and after a student’s admission to the University. Full terms and conditions can be found at www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/applications/disclaimer

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 175

2016CAMS184

Accuracy of prospectus information

23/01/2017 13:16

176

PROGRAMME INDEX A

Accounting and Finance 58

Digital and technology Solutions 83

History* 111

Philosophy 138

History and Ancient History 112 History and Archaeology 112

Philosophy and Modern Languages 132, 139

History and International Relations 112

Philosophy and Sociology 139

History and Politics* 111

Physics 141

Human Sciences* 114

Politics 144

Politics and International Relations 145

Ancient History 78

Ancient History and Archaeology 79 Animal Behaviour 70 Anthropology 60, 61

Applied Geology* 109

Applied Psychology (Clinical) 149 Arabic and Islamic Studies 62 Archaeology 64

Archaeology and Anthropology 61, 65 Archaeology with Forensic Science 65 Art History & Visual Culture and Classical Studies 69 Art History & Visual Culture and English 69 Art History & Visual Culture and History 69

Art History & Visual Culture and Modern Languages 69 Art History & Visual Culture 68 Art History & Visual Culture and Drama 69

Drama 84

E Economics 86

Economics and Finance 87 Economics and Politics 87

Economics with Econometrics 87 Electronic Engineering 91

Electronic Engineering and Computer Science 692 Engineering 93

Engineering and Management 92 Engineering Geology and Geotechnics* 109 English* 95 English 95

English and Drama 96

English and Film Studies 96, 101

English and Modern Languages 96 English and History* 95

English Law and French Law / Master 1 117

Biochemistry 72

English with Study in North America 95

Biological Sciences 72

Evolutionary Biology* 71

Biological and Medicinal Chemistry 73 Business* 75

Business and Accounting 59

Business and Management 74, 75 Business Economics 87

Environmental Science* 98

Exercise and Sport Sciences 160

F Film Studies 100

Film Studies and Modern Languages 101, 132

Chinese (and other language combinations) 132

Flexible Combined Honours 103

Civil and Environmental Engineering 91 Civil Engineering 91 Classical Studies 79

Classical Studies and English 79 Classical Studies and Modern Languages 79

Classical Studies and Philosophy 79 Classical Studies and Theology 79 Classics 79

Computer Science 82

Computer Science and Mathematics 83 Conservation Biology and Ecology* 71 Criminology 157

Flexible Combined Honours* 103 French (and other language combinations) 132 French and Arabic 132 French and Latin 132

G Geography* 105

Geography 105, 106

Geography with European Study 106 Geology* 108

German (and other language combinations) 132 German and Arabic 132

History 111

Philosophy and History 139

History and International Relations* 111

Philosophy and Politics 139

History and Modern Languages 112

Philosophy and Theology 139

Human Biosciences 161

Physics with Astrophysics 141

International Relations 145

International Relations and Modern Languages 145, 132 Italian (and other language combinations) 132 Italian and Arabic 132

L Law 116

Liberal Arts 119

M Management with Marketing 75 Marine Biology* 71

Materials Engineering 92

Mathematical Sciences* 122 Mathematics 121

Mathematics and Business* 121 Mathematics and Physics 142

Mathematics with Accounting 121 Mathematics with Economics 121 Mathematics with Finance 121

Mathematics with Management 121 Mechanical Engineering 92

Medical Imaging (Diagnostic Radiography) 124 Medical Sciences 126 Medicine 128

Middle East Studies 63

Mining Engineering* 131 Modern Languages 132

Politics and Modern Languages 145, 132 Politics and Sociology 145

Politics, Philosophy and Economics 145 Portuguese (and other language combinations) 132 Psychology 148

Psychology with Sport and Exercise Science 149

R Renewable Energy* 153

Renewable Energy Engineering 1536 Russian (and other language combinations) 132 Russian and Arabic 132

S Sociology 156

Sociology and Anthropology 61 Sociology and Criminology 157 Sociology and Modern Languages 157, 132

Spanish (and other language combinations) 132 Spanish and Arabic 132

Sport and Exercise Medical Sciences 127, 161

T Theology and Religion 164

Z Zoology* 72

N Natural Sciences 136

Graduate LLB 117

* delivered at our Penryn Campus

UGP Back Section 2018 st5.indd 176

23/01/2017 13:16

Money matters Study Abroad International students INTO University of Exeter

48 51 53 56

58 60 62 64 68 70 74 78 82 84 86 90 94 98 100 102 104 108 110 114

HOW TO APPLY Application procedure Entry requirements Our offer Visit us Campus maps How to find us Key contacts Programme index Visiting the University

166 168 169 170 170 174 175 176 inside back cover

VISITING THE UNIVERSITY  Have a look around our beautiful campuses  Meet academic and support staff who can answer questions about our programmes  Chat to current students  See the facilities and support on offer that make our students so happy

Open Days at our Exeter campuses

Open Days at our Penryn Campus, Cornwall

Friday 2 June 2017

Saturday 10 June 2017

Saturday 3 June 2017

Saturday 23 September 2017

Saturday 2 September 2017 Wednesday 25 October 2017

Campus tours We run campus tours at the Streatham Campus each weekday and at St Luke’s Campus on Tuesdays and Fridays during term time, and at the Penryn Campus on Wednesday and Friday afternoons. You’ll be shown around by a current student, who’ll give you a first-hand account of what it’s like to live and study at the University.

We can provide a brochure or audio podcast to allow you to undertake a self-guided campus tour or you can view a virtual tour of our Exeter campuses on our website at www.exeter.ac.uk/undergraduate/ visiting/tours

Possibly the friendliest and most welcoming bunch of students that I have met. Meeting these students has definitely made me want to go to Exeter. Open Day attendee, September 2015

How to book your place Booking is essential for all our events. There are limited places available for all our events and tours so it is important to book your place in advance to avoid disappointment. You can register your interest now for our Open Days and receive priority access to book your place.*

Book online at www.exeter.ac.uk/ug/visiting Exeter Campuses Phone: +44 (0)1392 724043 Email: visitus@exeter.ac.uk

Penryn Campus, Cornwall Phone: +44 (0)1326 371801 Email: cornwall@exeter.ac.uk

* pre-registration only guarantees priority access to the booking system and is not an absolute guarantee of a place at any of our Open Days. Booking is essential and on a first-come, first-served basis.

UGP Cover 11mm spine 2018.indd 2

23/01/2017 13:11

UNIVERSITY OF EXETER

UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2018

// UNDERGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2018 E84 EXETR

UGP Cover 11mm spine 2018.indd 1

23/01/2017 13:11